Յեսու / Joshua - 18 |

Text:
< PreviousՅեսու - 18 Joshua - 18Next >


jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
In this chapter we have, I. The setting up of the tabernacle at Shiloh, ver. 1. II. The stirring up of the seven tribes that were yet unsettled to look after their lot, and the putting of them in a method for it, by Joshua, ver. 2-7. III. The distributing of the land into seven lots, by certain men employed for that purpose, ver. 8, 9. IV. The determining of these seven portions to the seven tribes yet unprovided for by lot, ver. 10. V. The particular lot of the tribe of Benjamin, the borders of it, ver. 11-20. And the cities contained in it, ver. 21-28. The other six tribes we shall find well provided for in the next chapter.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
The tabernacle is set up at Shiloh, Jos 18:1. Seven of the tribes having not yet received their inheritance, Jos 18:2. Joshua orders three men from each tribe to be chosen, and sent to examine the land and divide it into seven parts, which should be distributed among them by lot, Jos 18:3-7. The men go and do as commanded, and return to Joshua, Jos 18:8, Jos 18:9. Joshua casts lots for them, Jos 18:10. The lot of Benjamin, how situated, Jos 18:11. Its northern boundaries, Jos 18:12-14. Its southern boundaries, Jos 18:15-19. Its eastern boundary, Jos 18:20. Its cities, Jos 18:21-28.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Jos 18:1, The tabernacle is set up at Shiloh; Jos 18:2, The remainder of the land is described, and divided into seven parts; Jos 18:10, Joshua distributes it by lot; Jos 18:11, The lot and border of Benjamin; Jos 18:21, Their cities.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO JOSHUA 18
This chapter informs us of the setting up of the tabernacle at Shiloh, Josh 18:1; of the notice Joshua took, that seven tribes had not received their inheritance, Josh 18:2; of the instructions he gave them to send three men out of each tribe, and describe the land not yet disposed of, and bring the account to him, which was accordingly done, Josh 18:3; and then he cast lots for them, and the first lot came up for Benjamin, Josh 18:10; the borders of whose lots are described, Josh 18:12; and the several cities in it enumerated, Josh 18:21.
18:118:1: Եւ եկեղեցացա՛ւ ամենայն ժողովուրդ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի ՚ի Սելով, եւ կանգնեցի՛ն անդ զխորանն վկայութեան. եւ երկիրն նուաճեցա՛ւ ՚ի նոցանէ։
1. Իսրայէլի ամբողջ ժողովուրդը հաւաքուեց Սելովում, եւ այնտեղ կանգնեցրին վկայութեան խորանը, քանի որ երկիրը նուաճուեց նրանց կողմից:
18 Իսրայէլի որդիներուն բոլոր ժողովուրդը Սելովի մէջ հաւաքուեցան եւ հոն վկայութեան խորանը կանգնեցուցին ու երկիրը անոնց առջեւ նուաճուեցաւ։
Եւ եկեղեցացաւ ամենայն ժողովուրդ որդւոցն Իսրայելի ի Սելով, եւ կանգնեցին անդ զխորանն վկայութեան. եւ երկիրն նուաճեցաւ ի նոցանէ:

18:1: Եւ եկեղեցացա՛ւ ամենայն ժողովուրդ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի ՚ի Սելով, եւ կանգնեցի՛ն անդ զխորանն վկայութեան. եւ երկիրն նուաճեցա՛ւ ՚ի նոցանէ։
1. Իսրայէլի ամբողջ ժողովուրդը հաւաքուեց Սելովում, եւ այնտեղ կանգնեցրին վկայութեան խորանը, քանի որ երկիրը նուաճուեց նրանց կողմից:
18 Իսրայէլի որդիներուն բոլոր ժողովուրդը Սելովի մէջ հաւաքուեցան եւ հոն վկայութեան խորանը կանգնեցուցին ու երկիրը անոնց առջեւ նուաճուեցաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:11: Все общество сынов Израилевых собралось в Силом, и поставили там скинию собрания, ибо земля была покорена ими.
18:1 καὶ και and; even ἐξεκκλησιάσθη εκκλησιαζω all; every συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel εἰς εις into; for Σηλω σηλω and; even ἔπηξαν πηγνυμι pitch ἐκεῖ εκει there τὴν ο the σκηνὴν σκηνη tent τοῦ ο the μαρτυρίου μαρτυριον evidence; testimony καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land ἐκρατήθη κρατεω seize; retain ὑπ᾿ υπο under; by αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
18:1 וַ wa וְ and יִּקָּ֨הֲל֜וּ yyiqqˌāhᵃlˈû קהל assemble כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עֲדַ֤ת ʕᵃḏˈaṯ עֵדָה gathering בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel שִׁלֹ֔ה šilˈō שִׁלֹה Shiloh וַ wa וְ and יַּשְׁכִּ֥ינוּ yyaškˌînû שׁכן dwell שָׁ֖ם šˌām שָׁם there אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֹ֣הֶל ʔˈōhel אֹהֶל tent מֹועֵ֑ד môʕˈēḏ מֹועֵד appointment וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the אָ֥רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה niḵbᵊšˌā כבשׁ subdue לִ li לְ to פְנֵיהֶֽם׃ fᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face
18:1. congregatique sunt omnes filii Israhel in Silo ibique fixerunt tabernaculum testimonii et fuit eis terra subiectaAnd all the children of Israel assembled together in Silo, and there they set up the tabernacle of the testimony, and the land was subdued before them.
1. And the whole congregation of the children of Israel assembled themselves together at Shiloh, and set up the tent of meeting there: and the land was subdued before them.
18:1. And all the sons of Israel gathered together at Shiloh, and there they stationed the Tabernacle of the Testimony. And the land was subjected to them.
18:1. And the whole congregation of the children of Israel assembled together at Shiloh, and set up the tabernacle of the congregation there. And the land was subdued before them.
And the whole congregation of the children of Israel assembled together at Shiloh, and set up the tabernacle of the congregation there. And the land was subdued before them:

1: Все общество сынов Израилевых собралось в Силом, и поставили там скинию собрания, ибо земля была покорена ими.
18:1
καὶ και and; even
ἐξεκκλησιάσθη εκκλησιαζω all; every
συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
εἰς εις into; for
Σηλω σηλω and; even
ἔπηξαν πηγνυμι pitch
ἐκεῖ εκει there
τὴν ο the
σκηνὴν σκηνη tent
τοῦ ο the
μαρτυρίου μαρτυριον evidence; testimony
καὶ και and; even
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
ἐκρατήθη κρατεω seize; retain
ὑπ᾿ υπο under; by
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
18:1
וַ wa וְ and
יִּקָּ֨הֲל֜וּ yyiqqˌāhᵃlˈû קהל assemble
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עֲדַ֤ת ʕᵃḏˈaṯ עֵדָה gathering
בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
שִׁלֹ֔ה šilˈō שִׁלֹה Shiloh
וַ wa וְ and
יַּשְׁכִּ֥ינוּ yyaškˌînû שׁכן dwell
שָׁ֖ם šˌām שָׁם there
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֹ֣הֶל ʔˈōhel אֹהֶל tent
מֹועֵ֑ד môʕˈēḏ מֹועֵד appointment
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
אָ֥רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה niḵbᵊšˌā כבשׁ subdue
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵיהֶֽם׃ fᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face
18:1. congregatique sunt omnes filii Israhel in Silo ibique fixerunt tabernaculum testimonii et fuit eis terra subiecta
And all the children of Israel assembled together in Silo, and there they set up the tabernacle of the testimony, and the land was subdued before them.
18:1. And all the sons of Israel gathered together at Shiloh, and there they stationed the Tabernacle of the Testimony. And the land was subjected to them.
18:1. And the whole congregation of the children of Israel assembled together at Shiloh, and set up the tabernacle of the congregation there. And the land was subdued before them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1: Когда земля была покорена и Ефремове колено заняло свой удел в срединной ее полосе, Скиния собрания (Исх ХXVII:21: и др.) была перенесена из Галгала в Иорданской долине в Силом, город Ефремова колена. По Суд XXI:19, он находился на севере от Вефиля и на востоке от дороги, ведущей от Вефиля в Сихем. В настоящее время место его (найденное известным географом Палестины Робинсоном) носит название Сейлун. Холм, на котором он был расположен, окружен другими холмами и покрыт развалинами, носящими признаки древности. Силом находился в 8-и часах пути от Иерусалима в Сихем и в 4-х часах от последнего. Он избран местом для поставления Скинии, без сомнения, по божественному указанию, хотя библейский писатель не говорит об этом. Такое представление об избрании Силома внушается как постановлением Второзакония (XII:11), по которому Господь избирает место для пребывания на нем Своего имени (это постановление имеет в виду писатель кн. Иисуса Навина в конечных словах IX:27), так и словами пророка Иеремии (VII:12): пойдите на место мое в Силом, где я назначил пребывать имени Моему. Причина избрания этого места для общенародного святилища заключается, можно думать, в том, что последнее, находясь в середине Ханаанской земли, могло быть наиболее доступным для всего израильского народа.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
The Tabernacle at Shiloh. B. C. 1444.

1 And the whole congregation of the children of Israel assembled together at Shiloh, and set up the tabernacle of the congregation there. And the land was subdued before them.
In the midst of the story of the dividing of the land comes in this account of the setting up of the tabernacle, which had hitherto continued in its old place in the centre of their camp; but now that three of the four squadrons that used to surround it in the wilderness were broken and diminished, those of Judah, Ephraim, and Reuben, by the removal of those tribes to their respective possessions, and that of Dan only remained entire, it was time to think of removing the tabernacle itself into a city. Many a time the priests and Levites had taken it down, carried it, and set it up again in the wilderness, according to the directions given them (Num. iv. 5, &c.); but now they must do it for good and all, not one of the stakes thereof must any more be removed, nor any of the cords thereof broken, Isa. xxxiii. 20. Observe,
I. The place to which the tabernacle was removed, and in which it was set up. It was Shiloh, a city in the lot of Ephraim, but lying close upon the lot of Benjamin. Doubtless God himself did some way or other direct them to this place, for he had promised to choose the place where he would make his name to dwell, Deut. xii. 11. It is most probable God made known his mind in this matter by the judgment of Urim. This place was pitched upon, 1. Because it was in the heart of the country, nearer the centre than Jerusalem was, and therefore the more convenient for the meeting of all Israel there from the several parts of the country; it had been in the midst of their camp in the wilderness, and therefore must now be in the midst of their nation, as that which sanctified the whole, and was the glory in the midst of them. See Ps. xlvi. 5. 2. Because it was in the lot of that tribe of which Joshua was, who was now their chief magistrate, and it would be both for his honour and convenience and for the advantage of the country to have it near him. The testimony of Israel and the thrones of judgment do well together, Ps. cxxii. 4, 5. 3. Some think there was an eye to the name of the place, Shiloh being the name by which the Messiah was known in dying Jacob's prophecy (Gen. xlix. 10), which prophecy, no doubt, was well known among the Jews; the setting up of the tabernacle in Shiloh gave them a hint that in that Shiloh whom Jacob spoke of all the ordinances of this worldly sanctuary should have their accomplishment in a greater and more perfect tabernacle, Heb. ix. 1, 11. And Dr. Lightfoot thinks that the place where the tabernacle was set up was therefore called Shiloh, because of the peaceableness of the land at this time; as afterwards in Salem was his temple, which also signifies peaceable.
II. The solemn manner of doing it: The whole congregation assembled together to attend the solemnity, to do honour to the ark of God, as the token of his presence, and to bid it welcome to its settlement. Every Israelite was interested in it, and therefore all testified their joy and satisfaction upon this occasion. See 2 Sam. vi. 15. It is probable those tribes that were yet encamped when the tabernacle was removed to Shiloh decamped from Gilgal and pitched about Shiloh, for every true Israelite will desire to fix where God's tabernacle fixed. Mention is made, on this occasion, of the land being subdued before them, to intimate that the country, hereabouts at least, being thoroughly reduced, they met with no opposition, nor were they apprehensive of any danger, but thought it time to make this grateful acknowledgment of God's goodness to them in the constant series of successes with which he had blessed them. It was a good presage of a comfortable settlement to themselves in Canaan, when their first care was to see the ark well settled as soon as they had a safe place ready to settle it in. Here the ark continued about 300 years, till the sins of Eli's house forfeited the ark, lost it and ruined Shiloh, and its ruins were long after made use of as warnings to Jerusalem. Go, see what I did to Shiloh, Jer. vii. 12; Ps. lxxviii. 60.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:1: Israel assembled together at Shiloh - This appears to have been a considerable town about fifteen miles from Jerusalem, in the tribe of Ephraim, and nearly in the center of the whole land. To this place both the camp of Israel, and the ark of the Lord, were removed from Gilgal, after a residence there of seven years. Here the tabernacle remained one hundred and thirty years, as is generally supposed, being the most conveniently situated for access to the different tribes, and for safety, the Israelites having possession of the land on all sides; for it is here added, the land was subdued before them - the Canaanites were so completely subdued, that there was no longer any general resistance to the Israelitish arms.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:1: After all overt resistance was overcome, the tabernacle with its sacred contents was removed from its place of safety at Gilgal, in a corner of the land near the Jordan, to a central place, Shiloh, the modern Scilun, which is two or three miles east of the main road, and rather more than half way between Jerusalem and Nablous. Its choice as the national sanctuary may indeed have been determined by Joshua, no doubt under divine direction Deu 12:11, because of its insignificance, in order to avoid local jealousies, as well as because of its position in the very center of the whole land, and perhaps also because of its seclusion. Its very name ("rest") was probably bestowed at this juncture when God had given the people rest from their enemies. The tabernacle with its contents continued at Shiloh during the whole period of the Judges, until its capture by the Philistines. Shiloh Sa1 4:3-4 seems to have fallen into desolation at an early date Jer 7:12; Jer 26:6.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:1: Shiloh: Shiloh was situated on a hill in the tribe of Ephraim, though near the borders of Benjamin, about fifteen miles north of Jerusalem, and, according to Eusebius, twelve, or according to Jerome, ten miles (south) from Shechem or Nablous. It was but a little north from Bethel or Ai, and near the road from Shechem to Jerusalem (Jdg 21:19). In Jerome's time, Shiloh was ruined; and nothing remarkable was extant, but the foundations of the altar of burnt offerings which had been erected when the tabernacle stood there. Jos 19:51, Jos 21:2, Jos 22:9
set up: Jdg 18:31; Sa1 1:3, Sa1 1:24, Sa1 4:3, Sa1 4:4; Kg1 2:27, Kg1 14:2, Kg1 14:4; Psa 78:66; Jer 7:12-14, Jer 26:6
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
18:1
The Tabernacle Set Up at Shiloh. - As soon as the tribe of Ephraim had received its inheritance, Joshua commanded the whole congregation to assemble in Shiloh, and there set up the tabernacle, in order that, as the land was conquered, the worship of Jehovah might henceforth be regularly observed in accordance with the law. The selection of Shiloh as the site for the sanctuary was hardly occasioned by the fitness of the place for this purpose, on account of its being situated upon a mountain in the centre of the land, for there were many other places that would have been quite as suitable in this respect; the reason is rather to be found in the name of the place, viz., Shiloh, i.e., rest, which called to mind the promised Shiloh (Gen 49:10), and therefore appeared to be pre-eminently suitable to be the resting-place of the sanctuary of the Lord, where His name was to dwell in Israel, until He should come who was to give true rest to His people as the Prince of Peace. In any case, however, Joshua did not follow his own judgment in selecting Shiloh for this purpose, but acted in simple accordance with the instructions of God, as the Lord had expressly reserved to himself the choice of the place where His name should dwell (Deut 12:11). Shiloh, according to the Onom., was twelve Roman miles or five hours to the south of Neapolis (Nablus), and about eight hours to the north of Jerusalem; at present it is a heap of ruins, bearing the name of Seilun (see Rob. iii. p. 85). The tabernacle continued standing at Shiloh during the time of the judges, until the ark of the covenant fell into the hands of the Philistines, in the lifetime of Eli, when the holy tent was robbed of its soul, and reduced to the mere shadow of a sanctuary. After this it was removed to Nob (1Kings 21:2); but in consequence of the massacre inflicted by Saul upon the inhabitants of this place (1Kings 22:19), it was taken to Gibeon (3Kings 3:4 : see Keil, Bibl. Arch. i. 22). From this time forward Shilloh continued to decline, because the Lord had rejected it (Ps 78:60; Jer 7:12; Jer 26:6). That it was destroyed by the Assyrians, as Knobel affirms, is not stated in the history.
Geneva 1599
18:1 And the whole congregation of the children of Israel assembled together at Shiloh, and set up the (a) tabernacle of the congregation there. And the land was subdued before them.
(a) For they had now removed it from Gilgal, and set it up in Shiloh.
John Gill
18:1 And the whole congregation of the children of Israel assembled together at Shiloh,.... The whole body of the people, men, women, and children, as well as the camp, Josh 18:9; at least all that had not received their inheritances in the land. Hither they came from Gilgal, where the camp and tabernacle had been ever since their passage over Jordan; but now the land being in the main subdued, that was too far off both for the camp and tabernacle, and therefore they moved further into the land, and nearer Jerusalem, where in time the tabernacle was to be placed. The place they assembled at, Shiloh, was in the tribe of Ephraim, of which tribe Joshua was, and whose lot and inheritance was now fixed, and it was not far from Jerusalem, about two leagues. Jerom says (u) it was ten miles from, Neapolis or Shechem, in the country of Acrabatena; and that there were scarce any ruins of it to be seen in his day, only an altar demolished was shown (w). It seems to have its name from the peaceable condition the land was now in, and very likely was now given it on that account:
and set up the tabernacle of the congregation there; no doubt by the appointment and direction of God, signified to Eleazar the high priest, either by a voice, or by Urim and Thummim; and the removal of it seemed necessary, partly that because several camps which surrounded it were now broken up and settled in their cities, as Reuben, Judah, and Ephraim; and partly that it might be near where Joshua, the governor of Israel, resided, Ephraim being his tribe; and also since Gilgal, on the borders of the land, was too far off for the people to resort to the tabernacle, and therefore it was, proper it should be more in the heart of the country: when this was done, cannot certainly be determined; Kimchi says it was fourteen years after the Israelites came into the land of Canaan; and so says (x) their chronology; but it is highly probable it was before that time, and not longer than seven or eight years at most; here the tabernacle continued, according to the Jewish writers (y), three hundred sixty nine years, even unto the times of Samuel, when for the sins of the sons of Eli it was removed. Eupolemus (z), an Heathen writer, speaks of the holy temple being fixed at Shiloh by Joshua:
and the land was subdued before them: the far greater part of it, and all so as to have no disturbance from, or war with, the inhabitants.
(u) De loc. Heb. fol. 94. I. (w) Comment. in Soph. c. 1. fol. 94. I. Epitaph. Paul. fol. 59. L. (x) Seder Olam Rabba, c. 11. p. 32. (y) Maimon. in Misn. Zebachim, c. 14. sect. 6. Bartenora in ib. sect. 7. Seder Olam Rabba, ut supra. (x)) (z) Apud Euseb. Praepar. Evangel. l. 9. c. 30. p. 447.
John Wesley
18:1 Set up the tabernacle - By God's appointment. It was removed from Gilgal, partly for the honour and conveniency of Joshua, that he being of the tribe of Ephraim, and seating himself there, might have the opportunity of consulting with God as often as he needed; and partly for the conveniency of all the tribes, that being in the center of them, they might more easily resort to it from all places. Here the tabernacle continued for above three hundred years, even 'till Samuel's days, 1Kings 1:3. Shiloh was the name given to the Messiah in dying Jacob's prophecy. So the pitching the tabernacle in Shiloh intimated to the Jews, that in that Shiloh whom Jacob spoke of, all the ordinances of this worldly sanctuary should have their accomplishment, in a greater and more perfect tabernacle.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
18:1 THE TABERNACLE SET UP AT SHILOH. (Josh 18:1)
the whole congregation . . . assembled together at Shiloh--The main body of the Israelites had been diminished by the separation of the three tribes, Judah, Ephraim, and Manasseh into their respective allotments; and the country having been in a great measure subdued, the camp was removed to Shiloh (now Seilun). It was twenty or twenty-five miles north of Jerusalem, twelve north of Beth-el, and ten south of Shechem, and embosomed in a rugged and romantic glen. This sequestered spot in the heart of the country might have been recommended by the dictates of convenience. There the allotment of the territory could be most conveniently made, north, south, east, and west, to the different tribes. But "the tabernacle of the congregation was also set up there," and its removal therefore must have been made or sanctioned by divine intimation (Deut 12:11). It remained in Shiloh for more than three hundred years (1Kings 4:1-11).
18:218:2: Եւ մնացին որդիքն Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ո՛չ ժառանգեցին եւթն ցեղն։
2. Իսրայէլացիներից եօթը ցեղ էր մնացել, որ իր ժառանգութիւնը չէր ստացել:
2 Իսրայէլի որդիներուն մէջ եօթը ցեղ մնացեր էր, որոնք իրենց ժառանգութիւնը առած չէին։
Եւ մնացին [319]որդիքն Իսրայելի եւ ոչ ժառանգեցին եւթն ցեղն:

18:2: Եւ մնացին որդիքն Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ո՛չ ժառանգեցին եւթն ցեղն։
2. Իսրայէլացիներից եօթը ցեղ էր մնացել, որ իր ժառանգութիւնը չէր ստացել:
2 Իսրայէլի որդիներուն մէջ եօթը ցեղ մնացեր էր, որոնք իրենց ժառանգութիւնը առած չէին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:22: Из сынов же Израилевых оставалось семь колен, которые еще не получили удела своего.
18:2 καὶ και and; even κατελείφθησαν καταλειπω leave behind; remain οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel οἳ ος who; what οὐκ ου not ἐκληρονόμησαν κληρονομεω inherit; heir ἑπτὰ επτα seven φυλαί φυλη tribe
18:2 וַ wa וְ and יִּוָּֽתְרוּ֙ yyiwwˈāṯᵊrû יתר remain בִּ bi בְּ in בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not חָלְק֖וּ ḥālᵊqˌû חלק divide אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נַֽחֲלָתָ֑ם nˈaḥᵃlāṯˈām נַחֲלָה heritage שִׁבְעָ֖ה šivʕˌā שֶׁבַע seven שְׁבָטִֽים׃ šᵊvāṭˈîm שֵׁבֶט rod
18:2. remanserant autem filiorum Israhel septem tribus quae necdum acceperant possessiones suasBut there remained seven tribes of the children of Israel, which as yet had not received their possessions.
2. And there remained among the children of Israel seven tribes, which had not yet divided their inheritance.
18:2. But there remained seven tribes of the sons of Israel which had not yet received their possessions.
18:2. And there remained among the children of Israel seven tribes, which had not yet received their inheritance.
And there remained among the children of Israel seven tribes, which had not yet received their inheritance:

2: Из сынов же Израилевых оставалось семь колен, которые еще не получили удела своего.
18:2
καὶ και and; even
κατελείφθησαν καταλειπω leave behind; remain
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
οἳ ος who; what
οὐκ ου not
ἐκληρονόμησαν κληρονομεω inherit; heir
ἑπτὰ επτα seven
φυλαί φυλη tribe
18:2
וַ wa וְ and
יִּוָּֽתְרוּ֙ yyiwwˈāṯᵊrû יתר remain
בִּ bi בְּ in
בְנֵ֣י vᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
חָלְק֖וּ ḥālᵊqˌû חלק divide
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נַֽחֲלָתָ֑ם nˈaḥᵃlāṯˈām נַחֲלָה heritage
שִׁבְעָ֖ה šivʕˌā שֶׁבַע seven
שְׁבָטִֽים׃ šᵊvāṭˈîm שֵׁבֶט rod
18:2. remanserant autem filiorum Israhel septem tribus quae necdum acceperant possessiones suas
But there remained seven tribes of the children of Israel, which as yet had not received their possessions.
18:2. But there remained seven tribes of the sons of Israel which had not yet received their possessions.
18:2. And there remained among the children of Israel seven tribes, which had not yet received their inheritance.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ ab▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Joshua Reproves the Unsettled Tribes. B. C. 1444.

2 And there remained among the children of Israel seven tribes, which had not yet received their inheritance. 3 And Joshua said unto the children of Israel, How long are ye slack to go to possess the land, which the LORD God of your fathers hath given you? 4 Give out from among you three men for each tribe: and I will send them, and they shall rise, and go through the land, and describe it according to the inheritance of them; and they shall come again to me. 5 And they shall divide it into seven parts: Judah shall abide in their coast on the south, and the house of Joseph shall abide in their coasts on the north. 6 Ye shall therefore describe the land into seven parts, and bring the description hither to me, that I may cast lots for you here before the LORD our God. 7 But the Levites have no part among you; for the priesthood of the LORD is their inheritance: and Gad, and Reuben, and half the tribe of Manasseh, have received their inheritance beyond Jordan on the east, which Moses the servant of the LORD gave them. 8 And the men arose, and went away: and Joshua charged them that went to describe the land, saying, Go and walk through the land, and describe it, and come again to me, that I may here cast lots for you before the LORD in Shiloh. 9 And the men went and passed through the land, and described it by cities into seven parts in a book, and came again to Joshua to the host at Shiloh. 10 And Joshua cast lots for them in Shiloh before the LORD: and there Joshua divided the land unto the children of Israel according to their divisions.
Here, I. Joshua reproves those tribes which were yet unsettled that they did not bestir themselves to gain a settlement in the land which God had given them. Seven tribes were yet unprovided for, though sure of an inheritance, yet uncertain where it should be, and it seems in no great care about it, v. 2. And with them Joshua reasons (v. 3): How long are you slack? 1. They were too well pleased with their present condition, liked well enough to live in a body together, the more the merrier, and, like the Babel-builders, had no mind to be scattered abroad and break good company. The spoil of the cities they had taken served them to live plentifully upon for the present, and they banished the thoughts of time to come. Perhaps the tribes of Judah and Joseph, who had already received their inheritance in the countries next adjoining, were generous in entertaining their brethren who were yet unprovided for, so that they went from one good house to another among their friends, with which, instead of grudging that they were postponed, they were so well pleased that they cared not for going to houses of their own. 2. They were slothful and dilatory. It may be they wished the thing done, but had not spirit to stir in it, or move towards the doing of it, though it was so much for their own advantage; like the sluggard, that hides his hand in his bosom, and it grieves him to bring it to his mouth again. The countries that remained to be divided lay at a distance, and some parts of them in the hands of the Canaanites. If they go to take possession of them, the cities must be rebuilt or repaired, they must drive their flocks and herds a great way, and carry their wives and children to strange places, and this will not be done without care and pains, and breaking through some hardships; thus he that observes the wind shall not sow, and he that regards the clouds shall not reap, Eccl. xi. 4. Note, Many are diverted from real duties, and debarred from real comforts, by seeming difficulties. God by his grace has given us a title to a good land, the heavenly Canaan, but we are slack to take possession; we enter not into that rest, as we might by faith, and hope, and holy joy; we live not in heaven, as we might by setting our affections on things above and having our conversation there. How long shall it be thus with us? How long shall we thus stand in our own light, and forsake our own mercies for lying vanities? Joshua was sensible of the inconveniences of this delay, that, while they neglected to take possession of the land that was conquered, the Canaanites were recovering strength and spirit, and fortifying themselves in the places that were yet in their hands, which would make the total expulsion of them the more difficult. They would lose their advantages by not following their blow; and therefore, as an eagle stirreth up her nest, so Joshua stirs them up to take possession of their lot. He is ready to do his part, if they will but do theirs.
II. He puts them in a way to settle themselves.
1. The land that remained must be surveyed, an account taken of the cities, and the territories belonging to them, v. 4. These must be divided into seven equal parts, as near as they could guess at their true value, which they must have an eye to, and not merely to the number of the cities and extent of the country. Judah is fixed on the south and Joseph on the north of Shiloh, to protect the tabernacle (v. 5), and therefore they need not describe their country, but those countries only that were yet undisposed of. He gives a reason (v. 7) why they must divide it into seven parts only, because the Levites were to have no temporal estate (as we say), but their benefices only, which were entailed upon their families: The priesthood of the Lord is their inheritance, and a very honourable, comfortable, plentiful inheritance it was. Gad and Reuben, with half of the tribe of Manasseh, were already fixed, and needed not to have any further care taken of them. Now, (1.) The surveyors were three men out of each of the seven tribes that were to be provided for (v. 4), one-and-twenty in all, who perhaps for greater expedition, because they had already lost time, divided themselves into three companies, one of each tribe in each company, and took each their district to survey. The matter was thus referred equally, that there might be neither any partiality used in making up the seven lots, nor any shadow of suspicion given, but all might be satisfied that they had right done them. (2.) The survey was accordingly made, and brought in to Joshua, v. 8, 9. Josephus says it was seven months in the doing. And we must in it observe, [1.] The faith and courage of the persons employed: abundance of Canaanites remained in the land, and all raging against Israel, as a bear robbed of her whelps; the business of these surveyors would soon be known, and what could they expect but to be way-laid, and have their brains knocked out by the fierce observers? But in obedience to Joshua's command, and in dependence upon God's power, they thus put their lives in their hands to serve their country. [2.] The good providence of God in protecting them from the many deaths they were exposed to, and bringing them all safely again to the host at Shiloh. When we are in the way of our duty we are under the special protection of the Almighty.
2. When it was surveyed, and reduced to seven lots, then Joshua would, by appeal to God, and direction from him, determine which of these lots should belong to each tribe (v. 6): That I may cast lots for you here at the tabernacle (because it was a sacred transaction) before the Lord our God, to whom each tribe must have an eye, with thankfulness for the conveniences and submission to the inconveniences of their allotment. What we have in the world we must acknowledge God's property in, and dispose of it as before him, with justice, and charity, and dependence upon Providence. The heavenly Canaan is described to us in a book, the book of the scriptures, and there are in it mansions and portions sufficient for all God's spiritual Israel. Christ is our Joshua that divides it to us. On him we must attend, and to him we must apply for an inheritance with the saints in light. See John xvii. 2, 3.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:2: Two tribes and a half had already received their portions on the east of Jordan; Judah, Ephraim, and the remaining half of Manasseh had also been provided for jos 15-17. Thus there remained still seven tribes out of the twelve to be settled in their homes.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
18:2
Survey of the Land that had yet to be Divided. - Josh 18:2. After the tabernacle had been set up, the casting of the lots and division of the land among the other seven tribes were to be continued; namely at Shiloh, to which the congregation had removed with the sanctuary.
Josh 18:3-4
But, for the reasons explained in Josh 14:1, these tribes showed themselves "slack to go to possess the land which the Lord had given them," i.e., not merely to conquer it, but to have it divided by lot, and to enter in and take possession. Joshua charged them with this, and directed them to appoint three men for each of the seven tribes, that they might be sent out to go through the land, and describe it according to the measure of their inheritance. "According to their inheritance," i.e., with special reference to the fact that seven tribes were to receive it for their inheritance. The description was not a formal measurement, although the art of surveying was well known in Egypt in ancient times, and was regularly carried out after the annual inundations of the Nile (Herod. ii. 109; Strabo, xvii. 787; Diod. Sic. i. 69); so that the Israelites might have learned it there. But כּתב does not mean to measure; and it was not a formal measurement that was required, for the purpose of dividing the land that yet remained into seven districts, since the tribes differed in numerical strength, and therefore the boundaries of the territory assigned them could not be settled till after the lots had been cast. The meaning of the word is to describe; and according to Josh 18:9, it was chiefly to the towns that reference was made: so that the description required by Joshua in all probability consisted simply in the preparation of lists of the towns in the different parts of the land, with an account of their size and character; also with "notices of the quality and condition of the soil; what lands were fertile, and what they produced; where the country was mountainous, and where it was level; which lands were well watered, and which were dry; and any other things that would indicate the character of the soil, and facilitate a comparison between the different parts of the land" (Rosenmller). The reasons which induced Joshua to take steps for the first time now for securing a survey of the land, are given in Josh 14:1. The men chosen for the purpose were able to carry out their task without receiving any hindrance from the Canaanites. For whilst the latter were crushed, if not exterminated, by the victories which the Israelites had gained, it was not necessary for the twenty-one Israelitish men to penetrate into every corner of the land, and every town that was still inhabited by the Canaanites, in order to accomplish their end.
Josh 18:5-6
"And divide it into seven parts," viz., for the purpose of casting lots. Judah, however, was still to remain in its land to the south, and Ephraim in its territory to the north. The seven portions thus obtained they were to bring to Joshua, that he might then cast the lot for the seven tribes "before the Lord," i.e., before the tabernacle (Josh 19:51).
Josh 18:7
There were only seven tribes that had still to receive their portions; for the tribe of Levi was to receive no portion in the land (vid., Josh 13-14), and Gad, Reuben, and half Manasseh had received their inheritance already on the other side of the Jordan.
Josh 18:8-9
Execution of this command.
Josh 18:10
Joshua finishes the casting of the lots at Shiloh.
Geneva 1599
18:2 And there remained among the children of Israel seven tribes, (b) which had not yet received their inheritance.
(b) As Eleazar, Joshua, and the heads of the tribes had done to Judah, Ephraim, and half of Manasseh.
John Gill
18:2 And there remained among the children of Israel seven tribes,.... Which were those of Benjamin, Simeon, Zebulun, Issachar, Asher, Naphtali, and Dan:
which had not yet received their inheritance; and for which the lots were not cast.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
18:2 THE REMAINDER OF THE LAND DESCRIBED. (Josh 18:2-9)
there remained . . . seven tribes, which had not yet received their inheritance--The selection of Shiloh for the seat of worship, together with the consequent removal of the camp thither, had necessarily interrupted the casting of lots, which was commenced by fixing localities for the tribes of Judah and Joseph. Various causes led to a long delay in resuming it. The satisfaction of the people with their change to so pleasant and fertile a district, their preference of a nomad life, a love of ease, and reluctance to renew the war, seem to have made them indifferent to the possession of a settled inheritance. But Joshua was too much alive to the duty laid on him by the Lord to let matters continue in that state; and accordingly, since a general conquest of the land had been made, he resolved to proceed immediately with the lot, believing that when each tribe should receive its inheritance, a new motive would arise to lead them to exert themselves in securing the full possession.
18:318:3: Եւ ասէ ցնոսա Յեսու. Մինչեւ յե՞րբ մեղկիցէք չմտանել ժառանգել զերկիրն զոր ետ ձեզ Տէր Աստուած հարցն մերոց[2330]։ [2330] Ոմանք. Մինչեւ յերբ մեղկիցիք։
3. Յեսուն նրանց ասաց. «Մինչեւ ե՞րբ պէտք է ծուլանաք եւ չմտնէք ու ժառանգէք այն երկիրը, որ ձեզ տուեց մեր հայրերի Տէր Աստուածը:
3 Եւ Յեսու Իսրայէլի որդիներուն ըսաւ. «Մինչեւ ե՞րբ անհոգութիւն պիտի ընէք ու պիտի չերթաք ժառանգելու այն երկիրը, որ ձեր հայրերուն Տէր Աստուածը ձեզի տուաւ։
Եւ ասէ ցնոսա Յեսու. Մինչեւ յե՞րբ մեղկիցիք չմտանել ժառանգել զերկիրն զոր ետ ձեզ Տէր Աստուած հարցն [320]մերոց:

18:3: Եւ ասէ ցնոսա Յեսու. Մինչեւ յե՞րբ մեղկիցէք չմտանել ժառանգել զերկիրն զոր ետ ձեզ Տէր Աստուած հարցն մերոց[2330]։
[2330] Ոմանք. Մինչեւ յերբ մեղկիցիք։
3. Յեսուն նրանց ասաց. «Մինչեւ ե՞րբ պէտք է ծուլանաք եւ չմտնէք ու ժառանգէք այն երկիրը, որ ձեզ տուեց մեր հայրերի Տէր Աստուածը:
3 Եւ Յեսու Իսրայէլի որդիներուն ըսաւ. «Մինչեւ ե՞րբ անհոգութիւն պիտի ընէք ու պիտի չերթաք ժառանգելու այն երկիրը, որ ձեր հայրերուն Տէր Աստուածը ձեզի տուաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:33: И сказал Иисус сынам Израилевым: долго ли вы будете нерадеть о том, чтобы пойти [и] взять в наследие землю, которую дал вам Господь Бог отцов ваших?
18:3 καὶ και and; even εἶπεν επω say; speak Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἕως εως till; until τίνος τις.1 who?; what? ἐκλυθήσεσθε εκλυω faint; let loose κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our
18:3 וַ wa וְ and יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say יְהֹושֻׁ֖עַ yᵊhôšˌuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto אָ֨נָה֙ ʔˈānā אָן whither אַתֶּ֣ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you מִתְרַפִּ֔ים miṯrappˈîm רפה be slack לָ lā לְ to בֹוא֙ vô בוא come לָ lā לְ to רֶ֣שֶׁת rˈešeṯ ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתַ֣ן nāṯˈan נתן give לָכֶ֔ם lāḵˈem לְ to יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵ֥י ʔᵉlōhˌê אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֲבֹֽותֵיכֶֽם׃ ʔᵃvˈôṯêḵˈem אָב father
18:3. ad quos Iosue ait usquequo marcetis ignavia et non intratis ad possidendam terram quam Dominus Deus patrum vestrorum dedit vobisAnd Josue said to them: How long are you indolent and slack, and go not in to possess the land which the Lord the God of your fathers hath given you?
3. And Joshua said unto the children of Israel, How long are ye slack to go in to possess the land, which the LORD, the God of your fathers, hath given you?
18:3. And Joshua said to them: “For how long will you draw back in idleness, and not enter to possess the land, which the Lord, the God of your fathers, has given to you?
18:3. And Joshua said unto the children of Israel, How long [are] ye slack to go to possess the land, which the LORD God of your fathers hath given you?
And Joshua said unto the children of Israel, How long [are] ye slack to go to possess the land, which the LORD God of your fathers hath given you:

3: И сказал Иисус сынам Израилевым: долго ли вы будете нерадеть о том, чтобы пойти [и] взять в наследие землю, которую дал вам Господь Бог отцов ваших?
18:3
καὶ και and; even
εἶπεν επω say; speak
Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἕως εως till; until
τίνος τις.1 who?; what?
ἐκλυθήσεσθε εκλυω faint; let loose
κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
18:3
וַ wa וְ and
יֹּ֥אמֶר yyˌōmer אמר say
יְהֹושֻׁ֖עַ yᵊhôšˌuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
אָ֨נָה֙ ʔˈānā אָן whither
אַתֶּ֣ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
מִתְרַפִּ֔ים miṯrappˈîm רפה be slack
לָ לְ to
בֹוא֙ בוא come
לָ לְ to
רֶ֣שֶׁת rˈešeṯ ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתַ֣ן nāṯˈan נתן give
לָכֶ֔ם lāḵˈem לְ to
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵ֥י ʔᵉlōhˌê אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֲבֹֽותֵיכֶֽם׃ ʔᵃvˈôṯêḵˈem אָב father
18:3. ad quos Iosue ait usquequo marcetis ignavia et non intratis ad possidendam terram quam Dominus Deus patrum vestrorum dedit vobis
And Josue said to them: How long are you indolent and slack, and go not in to possess the land which the Lord the God of your fathers hath given you?
18:3. And Joshua said to them: “For how long will you draw back in idleness, and not enter to possess the land, which the Lord, the God of your fathers, has given to you?
18:3. And Joshua said unto the children of Israel, How long [are] ye slack to go to possess the land, which the LORD God of your fathers hath given you?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
3: Нерадение, за которое укоряет Иисус Навин израильтян 7-и колен, не получивших еще удела, могло происходить и от привычки к кочевой жизни, среди которой родилось и выросло большинство народа, и от сознания больших трудностей, какие представляла для тогдашнего поколения израильтян оседлая жизнь в стране, в которой оставалось еще немало прежнего населения, борьба с которым требовала много мужества и напряжения сил. Такое поведение 7-ми колен не могло долго продолжаться, потому что завоеванная страна, оставаясь в течение долгого времени без оседлого населения, пришла бы в дикое состояние и остававшиеся по местам ханаанитяне усилились бы еще более. Для того, чтобы предотвратить на будущее время неудовольствия, подобные тому, какое выразили ефремляне и манасситяне, и достигнуть возможно более соразмерного с составом колен разделения земли, Иисус Навин принял особую меру, состоявшую в том, что посланы были по 3: от каждого из 7-и колен выборные, которые должны были собрать более точные и полные сведения о завоеванной стране, остававшейся еще неразделенною, причем выборные должны были иметь в виду то, как надобно разделить им на уделы т. е. 7-и коленам, или на 7: участков.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:3: How long are ye slack to go to possess the land - We find an unaccountable backwardness in this people to enter on the inheritance which God had given them! They had so long been supported by miracle, without any exertions of their own, that they found it difficult to shake themselves from their inactivity. When it was necessary that all the people should go out to battle, they went with a measure of confidence, expecting miraculous help from God, and confiding in their numbers, but when each tribe found it necessary to fight for itself, in order to its establishment and the extension of its borders, it was discouraged, and chose rather a life of inglorious ease than the possession of an inheritance which would cost it much labor to conquer.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:3: This backwardness probably arose from the indisposition of the people to abandon the nomad life in which they had been born and bred, and to settle in fixed abodes, and perhaps also from a dislike of the exterminating warfare incidental to a complete dispossessing of the Canaanites.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:3: How long are: Jdg 18:9; Pro 2:2-6, Pro 10:4, Pro 13:4, Pro 15:19; Ecc 9:10; Zep 3:16; Mat 20:6; Joh 6:27; Phi 3:13, Phi 3:14; Pe2 1:10, Pe2 1:11
John Gill
18:3 And Joshua said unto the children of Israel,.... To those of the seven tribes:
how long are you slack to go to possess the land which the Lord God of your fathers hath given you? not that they might have taken possession of it of themselves, without having it assigned to them by lot; that they did not do this, is not what is complained of, and they stand reproved for; but that when two tribes and a half had received their inheritance, these seemed indifferent to it, showed no inclination and disposition towards it, and much less eagerness to have a settlement, and did not apply to the court for it; which dilatoriness might arise from the present affluence of all good things they enjoyed through the spoils of the enemy; and partly through slothfulness, being tired of the war, and perceiving that they must be involved in it again to dispossess the Canaanites of some of the cities that would fall to their lot; and, perhaps, their slackness might be the more increased, by observing the dissatisfaction of the tribes with the lot they had received, and therefore waited till things were adjusted to greater satisfaction.
John Wesley
18:3 How long are you slack - This slackness is supposed to arise from an opinion of the impossibility of making any regular distribution of the parts, 'till the whole were more exactly surveyed, which accordingly is here done. Likewise, being weary of war, and having sufficient plenty of all things, they were unwilling to run into new hazards.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
18:3 How long are ye slack to go to possess the land, which the Lord God of your fathers hath given you--This reproof conveys an impression that the seven tribes were dilatory to a criminal extent.
18:418:4: Տո՛ւք ինձ երի՛ս արս ՚ի ցեղէ, եւ առաքեցից զնոսա, եւ յարուցեալ անցանիցեն ընդ երկիրն, եւ գրեսցեն զնա առաջի իմ՝ թէ ո՞րպէս պարտ իցէ բաժանել զնա։ Եւ եկին առ նա[2331]. [2331] Ոմանք. Տո՛ւք ՚ի ձէնջ երիս արս... անցցեն ընդ եր՛՛... որպէս պարտ է բա՛՛։
4. Ամէն ցեղից ինձ երեքական մարդ տուէ՛ք, ես կ’ուղարկեմ նրանց, որ վեր կենան անցնեն երկրով եւ չափագրեն այն իմ առաջ՝ պարզելով, թէ ինչպէս պէտք է բաժանել այն»: Նրանք եկան նրա մօտ,
4 Ամէն մէկ ցեղէ երեք մարդ ընտրեցէք* ու զանոնք ղրկեմ, որպէս զի ելլեն այն երկրին մէջ պտըտին ու զանիկա իրենց ժառանգութեանը համեմատ գրեն ու ետքը ինծի դառնան
Տուք ինձ երիս արս ի ցեղէ, եւ առաքեցից զնոսա, եւ յարուցեալ անցանիցեն ընդ երկիրն, եւ գրեսցեն զնա [321]առաջի իմ` թէ որպէս պարտ իցէ բաժանել զնա:

18:4: Տո՛ւք ինձ երի՛ս արս ՚ի ցեղէ, եւ առաքեցից զնոսա, եւ յարուցեալ անցանիցեն ընդ երկիրն, եւ գրեսցեն զնա առաջի իմ՝ թէ ո՞րպէս պարտ իցէ բաժանել զնա։ Եւ եկին առ նա[2331].
[2331] Ոմանք. Տո՛ւք ՚ի ձէնջ երիս արս... անցցեն ընդ եր՛՛... որպէս պարտ է բա՛՛։
4. Ամէն ցեղից ինձ երեքական մարդ տուէ՛ք, ես կ’ուղարկեմ նրանց, որ վեր կենան անցնեն երկրով եւ չափագրեն այն իմ առաջ՝ պարզելով, թէ ինչպէս պէտք է բաժանել այն»: Նրանք եկան նրա մօտ,
4 Ամէն մէկ ցեղէ երեք մարդ ընտրեցէք* ու զանոնք ղրկեմ, որպէս զի ելլեն այն երկրին մէջ պտըտին ու զանիկա իրենց ժառանգութեանը համեմատ գրեն ու ետքը ինծի դառնան
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:44: дайте от себя по три человека из колена; я пошлю их, и они встав пройдут по земле и опишут ее, как надобно разделить им на уделы, и придут ко мне;
18:4 δότε διδωμι give; deposit ἐξ εκ from; out of ὑμῶν υμων your τρεῖς τρεις three ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband ἐκ εκ from; out of φυλῆς φυλη tribe καὶ και and; even ἀναστάντες ανιστημι stand up; resurrect διελθέτωσαν διερχομαι pass through; spread τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even διαγραψάτωσαν διαγραφω he; him ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before μου μου of me; mine καθὰ καθα just as δεήσει δεησις petition διελεῖν διαιρεω divide αὐτήν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἤλθοσαν ερχομαι come; go πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτόν αυτος he; him
18:4 הָב֥וּ hāvˌû יהב give לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה šᵊlōšˌā שָׁלֹשׁ three אֲנָשִׁ֖ים ʔᵃnāšˌîm אִישׁ man לַ la לְ to † הַ the שָּׁ֑בֶט ššˈāveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶשְׁלָחֵ֗ם ʔešlāḥˈēm שׁלח send וְ wᵊ וְ and יָקֻ֜מוּ yāqˈumû קום arise וְ wᵊ וְ and יִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ yˈiṯhallᵊḵˌû הלך walk בָ vā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֛רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and יִכְתְּב֥וּ yiḵtᵊvˌû כתב write אֹותָ֛הּ ʔôṯˈāh אֵת [object marker] לְ lᵊ לְ to פִ֥י fˌî פֶּה mouth נַֽחֲלָתָ֖ם nˈaḥᵃlāṯˌām נַחֲלָה heritage וְ wᵊ וְ and יָבֹ֥אוּ yāvˌōʔû בוא come אֵלָֽי׃ ʔēlˈāy אֶל to
18:4. eligite de singulis tribubus ternos viros ut mittam eos et pergant atque circumeant terram et describant eam iuxta numerum uniuscuiusque multitudinis referantque ad me quod descripserintChoose of every tribe three men, that I may send them, and they may go and compass the land, and mark it out according to the number of each multitude: and bring back to me what they have marked out.
4. Appoint for you three men for each tribe: and I will send them, and they shall arise, and walk through the land, and describe it according to their inheritance; and they shall come unto me.
18:4. Select three men from each tribe, so that I may send them, and they may go forth and circle through the land, and may describe it according to the number of each multitude, and may bring back to me what they have written down.
18:4. Give out from among you three men for [each] tribe: and I will send them, and they shall rise, and go through the land, and describe it according to the inheritance of them; and they shall come [again] to me.
Give out from among you three men for [each] tribe: and I will send them, and they shall rise, and go through the land, and describe it according to the inheritance of them; and they shall come [again] to me:

4: дайте от себя по три человека из колена; я пошлю их, и они встав пройдут по земле и опишут ее, как надобно разделить им на уделы, и придут ко мне;
18:4
δότε διδωμι give; deposit
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ὑμῶν υμων your
τρεῖς τρεις three
ἄνδρας ανηρ man; husband
ἐκ εκ from; out of
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
καὶ και and; even
ἀναστάντες ανιστημι stand up; resurrect
διελθέτωσαν διερχομαι pass through; spread
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
διαγραψάτωσαν διαγραφω he; him
ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before
μου μου of me; mine
καθὰ καθα just as
δεήσει δεησις petition
διελεῖν διαιρεω divide
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἤλθοσαν ερχομαι come; go
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
18:4
הָב֥וּ hāvˌû יהב give
לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to
שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה šᵊlōšˌā שָׁלֹשׁ three
אֲנָשִׁ֖ים ʔᵃnāšˌîm אִישׁ man
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
שָּׁ֑בֶט ššˈāveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶשְׁלָחֵ֗ם ʔešlāḥˈēm שׁלח send
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָקֻ֜מוּ yāqˈumû קום arise
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ yˈiṯhallᵊḵˌû הלך walk
בָ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֛רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִכְתְּב֥וּ yiḵtᵊvˌû כתב write
אֹותָ֛הּ ʔôṯˈāh אֵת [object marker]
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פִ֥י fˌî פֶּה mouth
נַֽחֲלָתָ֖ם nˈaḥᵃlāṯˌām נַחֲלָה heritage
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָבֹ֥אוּ yāvˌōʔû בוא come
אֵלָֽי׃ ʔēlˈāy אֶל to
18:4. eligite de singulis tribubus ternos viros ut mittam eos et pergant atque circumeant terram et describant eam iuxta numerum uniuscuiusque multitudinis referantque ad me quod descripserint
Choose of every tribe three men, that I may send them, and they may go and compass the land, and mark it out according to the number of each multitude: and bring back to me what they have marked out.
18:4. Select three men from each tribe, so that I may send them, and they may go forth and circle through the land, and may describe it according to the number of each multitude, and may bring back to me what they have written down.
18:4. Give out from among you three men for [each] tribe: and I will send them, and they shall rise, and go through the land, and describe it according to the inheritance of them; and they shall come [again] to me.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:4: Three men for each tribe - Probably meaning only three from each of the seven tribes who had not yet received their inheritance. It is likely that these twenty-one men were accompanied by a military guard, for without this they might have been easily cut off by straggling parties of the Canaanites.
They shall - describe it - It is likely they were persons well acquainted with geography and mensuration, without which it would have been impossible for them to have divided the land in the way necessary on this occasion.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:4: Three men for each tribe - i. e. 21 in all. Their duty would be to describe the land, especially with reference to the cities it contained Jos 18:9, that Joshua might have the means of making a first apportionment among the tribes according to their varying numbers.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:4: three: Jos 18:3, Jos 3:12, Jos 4:2; Num 1:4, Num 13:2
describe: Jos 18:6, Jos 18:9
Geneva 1599
18:4 Give out from among you three men for [each] tribe: and I will send them, and they shall rise, and go through the land, and describe it according to (c) the inheritance of them; and they shall come [again] to me.
(c) That is, into seven portions, one to every tribe.
John Gill
18:4 Give out from among you three men for each tribe,.... That is, for each of the seven tribes, in all twenty one; though some think they were to be taken out of all the nine tribes and a half, and were thirty six; and so Josephus (a) seems to understand it; but then he makes but one out of each tribe to be sent, and but ten in all, which is a great oversight in that historian:
and I will send them; Joshua would not take upon him to name the persons, but left it to their own choice for their greater satisfaction; but when chosen and presented to him, he would give them a commission and directions what to do:
and they shall rise; gird themselves, and prepare for their journey, and set out:
and go through the land; of Canaan; not the whole of it, but that part which as yet was not disposed of; though some think they were to go through and describe the whole land; but I see no reason for that, for what was described was to be divided into seven parts only, and what belonged already to Judah and Joseph, seem plainly to be excepted in Josh 18:5,
and describe it according to the inheritance of them; take the dimensions of it, and divide it into seven parts, according to the number of the tribes that had not received their inheritance. Jarchi thinks this description and division were not to be made equally, but according to the largeness and smallness of the tribes; but this could not be done by the measurers, since the inheritance of each depended on the lot that was afterward to be cast, which by this means would have been rendered needless:
and they shall come again to me; which seems to be not only a precept or instruction to them, that when they had done their business, they should come to Joshua and give him an account of it; but an assurance also of their safety, that they should receive no disturbance nor hurt from the remaining Canaanites, but should return safe and well.
(a) Antiqu. l. 5. c. 1. sect. 21.
John Wesley
18:4 Three men - Three, not one, for more exact observation both of the measure and quality of the several portions, and for greater assurance of their care and faithfulness in giving in their account. Of each tribe - One of each of these tribes, who were yet unprovided for.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
18:4 Give out from among you three men for each tribe--Though the lot determined the part of the country where each tribe was to be located, it could not determine the extent of territory which might be required; and the dissatisfaction of the children of Joseph with the alleged smallness of their possession gave reason to fear that complaints might arise from other quarters, unless precautions were taken to make a proper distribution of the land. For this purpose a commission was given to twenty-one persons--three chosen from each of the seven tribes which had not yet received their inheritance, to make an accurate survey of the country.
18:518:5: եւ բաժանեաց նոցա եւթն մասն։ Յուդայ կացցէ նոցա սահման ՚ի հարաւոյ. եւ որդիքն Յովսեփայ կացցեն ՚ի սահմանս իւրեանց ՚ի հիւսւսոյ[2332]։ [2332] Ոմանք. Կացցէ նոցա մասն ՚ի հարաւոյ։
5. ու նա բաժանեց երկիրը նրանց մէջ եօթը մասի: Եւ ասաց. «Յուդայի երկիրը թող մնայ նրանց սահմանը հարաւից, Յովսէփի որդիներն իրենց սահմաններում մնան հիւսիսից,
5 Եւ զանիկա եօթը մասերու բաժնեն։ Յուդան իր սահմանին մէջ հարաւային կողմը թող կենայ ու Յովսէփին տունը իրենց սահմաններուն մէջ հիւսիսային կողմը թող կենան։
Եւ եկին առ նա. եւ բաժանեաց նոցա եւթն մասն``. Յուդայ կացցէ նոցա սահման ի հարաւոյ, եւ որդիքն Յովսեփայ կացցեն ի սահմանս իւրեանց ի հիւսիսոյ:

18:5: եւ բաժանեաց նոցա եւթն մասն։ Յուդայ կացցէ նոցա սահման ՚ի հարաւոյ. եւ որդիքն Յովսեփայ կացցեն ՚ի սահմանս իւրեանց ՚ի հիւսւսոյ[2332]։
[2332] Ոմանք. Կացցէ նոցա մասն ՚ի հարաւոյ։
5. ու նա բաժանեց երկիրը նրանց մէջ եօթը մասի: Եւ ասաց. «Յուդայի երկիրը թող մնայ նրանց սահմանը հարաւից, Յովսէփի որդիներն իրենց սահմաններում մնան հիւսիսից,
5 Եւ զանիկա եօթը մասերու բաժնեն։ Յուդան իր սահմանին մէջ հարաւային կողմը թող կենայ ու Յովսէփին տունը իրենց սահմաններուն մէջ հիւսիսային կողմը թող կենան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:55: пусть разделят ее на семь уделов; Иуда пусть остается в пределе своем на юге, а дом Иосифов пусть остается в пределе своем на севере;
18:5 καὶ και and; even διεῖλεν διαιρεω divide αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἑπτὰ επτα seven μερίδας μερις portion Ιουδας ιουδας Ioudas; Iuthas στήσεται ιστημι stand; establish αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ὅριον οριον frontier ἀπὸ απο from; away λιβός λιψ southwest wind καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ιωσηφ ιωσηφ Iōsēph; Iosif στήσονται ιστημι stand; establish αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him ἀπὸ απο from; away βορρᾶ βορρας north wind
18:5 וְ wᵊ וְ and הִֽתְחַלְּק֥וּ hˈiṯḥallᵊqˌû חלק divide אֹתָ֖הּ ʔōṯˌāh אֵת [object marker] לְ lᵊ לְ to שִׁבְעָ֣ה šivʕˈā שֶׁבַע seven חֲלָקִ֑ים ḥᵃlāqˈîm חֵלֶק share יְהוּדָ֞ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah יַעֲמֹ֤ד yaʕᵃmˈōḏ עמד stand עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon גְּבוּלֹו֙ gᵊvûlˌô גְּבוּל boundary מִ mi מִן from נֶּ֔גֶב nnˈeḡev נֶגֶב south וּ û וְ and בֵ֥ית vˌêṯ בַּיִת house יֹוסֵ֛ף yôsˈēf יֹוסֵף Joseph יַעַמְד֥וּ yaʕamᵊḏˌû עמד stand עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon גְּבוּלָ֖ם gᵊvûlˌām גְּבוּל boundary מִ mi מִן from צָּפֹֽון׃ ṣṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north
18:5. dividite vobis terram in septem partes Iudas sit in terminis suis ab australi plaga et domus Ioseph ab aquiloneDivide to yourselves the land into seven parts: let Juda be in his bounds on the south side, and the house of Joseph on the north.
5. And they shall divide it into seven portions: Judah shall abide in his border on the south, and the house of Joseph shall abide in their border on the north.
18:5. Divide the land for yourselves into seven parts. Let Judah be its bounds on the southern side, and the house of Joseph to the north.
18:5. And they shall divide it into seven parts: Judah shall abide in their coast on the south, and the house of Joseph shall abide in their coasts on the north.
And they shall divide it into seven parts: Judah shall abide in their coast on the south, and the house of Joseph shall abide in their coasts on the north:

5: пусть разделят ее на семь уделов; Иуда пусть остается в пределе своем на юге, а дом Иосифов пусть остается в пределе своем на севере;
18:5
καὶ και and; even
διεῖλεν διαιρεω divide
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἑπτὰ επτα seven
μερίδας μερις portion
Ιουδας ιουδας Ioudas; Iuthas
στήσεται ιστημι stand; establish
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ὅριον οριον frontier
ἀπὸ απο from; away
λιβός λιψ southwest wind
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ιωσηφ ιωσηφ Iōsēph; Iosif
στήσονται ιστημι stand; establish
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
ἀπὸ απο from; away
βορρᾶ βορρας north wind
18:5
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִֽתְחַלְּק֥וּ hˈiṯḥallᵊqˌû חלק divide
אֹתָ֖הּ ʔōṯˌāh אֵת [object marker]
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שִׁבְעָ֣ה šivʕˈā שֶׁבַע seven
חֲלָקִ֑ים ḥᵃlāqˈîm חֵלֶק share
יְהוּדָ֞ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
יַעֲמֹ֤ד yaʕᵃmˈōḏ עמד stand
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
גְּבוּלֹו֙ gᵊvûlˌô גְּבוּל boundary
מִ mi מִן from
נֶּ֔גֶב nnˈeḡev נֶגֶב south
וּ û וְ and
בֵ֥ית vˌêṯ בַּיִת house
יֹוסֵ֛ף yôsˈēf יֹוסֵף Joseph
יַעַמְד֥וּ yaʕamᵊḏˌû עמד stand
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
גְּבוּלָ֖ם gᵊvûlˌām גְּבוּל boundary
מִ mi מִן from
צָּפֹֽון׃ ṣṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north
18:5. dividite vobis terram in septem partes Iudas sit in terminis suis ab australi plaga et domus Ioseph ab aquilone
Divide to yourselves the land into seven parts: let Juda be in his bounds on the south side, and the house of Joseph on the north.
18:5. Divide the land for yourselves into seven parts. Let Judah be its bounds on the southern side, and the house of Joseph to the north.
18:5. And they shall divide it into seven parts: Judah shall abide in their coast on the south, and the house of Joseph shall abide in their coasts on the north.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:5: Judah shall abide - on the south, and the house of Joseph - on the north - Joshua does not mean that the tribe of Judah occupied the south, and the tribe of Ephraim and Manasseh the north of the promised land; this was not the fact: but being now at Shiloh, a considerable way in the territory of Ephraim, and not far from that of Judah, he speaks of them in relation to the place in which he then was. Calmet considers him as thus addressing the deputies: "Go and examine the whole of the country which remains yet to be possessed; do not take into consideration the tribe of Judah, which is on the south, nor the tribe of Ephraim, which is on the north of where we now are, but carefully divide the remaining land which is not occupied by these tribes into seven equal parts." This makes a very good sense, and frees the place from embarrassment.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:5: Judah shall: Jos 15:1-12, Jos 19:1-9
the house: jos 16:1-17:18
Geneva 1599
18:5 And they shall divide it into seven parts: Judah shall abide in their coast on the south, and the house of Joseph shall (d) abide in their coasts on the north.
(d) For these had their inheritance already appointed.
John Gill
18:5 And they shall divide it into seven parts,.... According to the number of the seven tribes not yet settled; and this they were to describe and divide was all the land subdued, or not subdued, only the following excepted:
Judah shall abide in their coast on the south; on the south of the land of Canaan, where their lot fell, so that needed not to be measured and described; and this tribe was to retain what they were possessed of, unless it should appear they had too much, and others wanted, and they willing to part with some of it to their brethren, as they afterwards did to the tribes of Simeon and Dan:
and the house of Joseph shall abide in their coast on the north; on the north of the tribe of Judah; not of the land of Canaan, for some other tribes lay more northerly.
John Wesley
18:5 Seven parts - Which were of equal extent or worth: for no tribe was so great, but one of these parts in its full extent would abundantly suffice them; and there was no reason why the portions should be greater or less according as the tribes at present were more or fewer in number, because of the various changes which happened therein successively; it being usual for one tribe to be more numerous than another in one age, which was fewer in the next. And if the several tribes had increased more, and not diminished their numbers by their sins, they might have sent forth colonies, and taken any part of the land, even as far as Euphrates, all which the Lord of the whole earth had given them a right to, which when they pleased they might take possession of. Judah shall abide on the south - They shall not be disturbed in their possession, but shall keep it, except some part of it shall be adjudged to another tribe. Joseph on the north - In respect of Judah, not of the whole land; for divers other tribes were more northern than they.
18:618:6: Եւ դուք բաժանեցէ՛ք զերկիրն եւթն բաժին՝ եւ բերէ՛ք առ իս այսր. եւ հանից ձեզ վիճա՛կ աստ առաջի Տեառն Աստուծոյ[2333]։ [2333] Ոմանք. Առաջի Տեառն Աստուծոյ մերոյ։
6. իսկ դուք երկիրը բաժանեցէ՛ք եօթը մասի եւ չափագրութիւնը բերէք ներկայացրէ՛ք ինձ այստեղ. ես ձեզ համար այստեղ Աստծու առաջ վիճակ կը հանեմ:
6 Դուք երկիրը եօթը բաժին ըրէք ու հոս ինծի բերէք եւ մեր Տէր Աստուծոյն առջեւ հոս ձեզի համար վիճակ ձգեմ։
Եւ դուք բաժանեցէք զերկիրն եւթն բաժին, եւ բերէք առ իս այսր, եւ հանից ձեզ վիճակ աստ առաջի Տեառն Աստուծոյ մերոյ:

18:6: Եւ դուք բաժանեցէ՛ք զերկիրն եւթն բաժին՝ եւ բերէ՛ք առ իս այսր. եւ հանից ձեզ վիճա՛կ աստ առաջի Տեառն Աստուծոյ[2333]։
[2333] Ոմանք. Առաջի Տեառն Աստուծոյ մերոյ։
6. իսկ դուք երկիրը բաժանեցէ՛ք եօթը մասի եւ չափագրութիւնը բերէք ներկայացրէ՛ք ինձ այստեղ. ես ձեզ համար այստեղ Աստծու առաջ վիճակ կը հանեմ:
6 Դուք երկիրը եօթը բաժին ըրէք ու հոս ինծի բերէք եւ մեր Տէր Աստուծոյն առջեւ հոս ձեզի համար վիճակ ձգեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:66: а вы распишите землю на семь уделов и представьте мне сюда: я брошу вам жребий здесь пред лицем Господа Бога нашего;
18:6 ὑμεῖς υμεις you δὲ δε though; while μερίσατε μεριζω apportion; allocate τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἑπτὰ επτα seven μερίδας μερις portion καὶ και and; even ἐνέγκατε φερω carry; bring πρός προς to; toward με με me ὧδε ωδε here καὶ και and; even ἐξοίσω εκφερω bring out / forth; carry out ὑμῖν υμιν you κλῆρον κληρος lot; allotment ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our
18:6 וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתֶּ֞ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you תִּכְתְּב֤וּ tiḵtᵊvˈû כתב write אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth שִׁבְעָ֣ה šivʕˈā שֶׁבַע seven חֲלָקִ֔ים ḥᵃlāqˈîm חֵלֶק share וַֽ wˈa וְ and הֲבֵאתֶ֥ם hᵃvēṯˌem בוא come אֵלַ֖י ʔēlˌay אֶל to הֵ֑נָּה hˈēnnā הֵנָּה here וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרִ֨יתִי yārˌîṯî ירה cast לָכֶ֤ם lāḵˈem לְ to גֹּורָל֙ gôrˌāl גֹּורָל lot פֹּ֔ה pˈō פֹּה here לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ׃ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s)
18:6. mediam inter hos terram in septem partes describite et huc venietis ad me ut coram Domino Deo vestro mittam vobis hic sortemThe land in the midst between these mark ye out into seven parts; and you shall come hither to me, that I may cast lots for you before the Lord your God.
6. And ye shall describe the land into seven portions, and bring hither to me: and I will cast lots for you here before the LORD our God.
18:6. The land that is in the middle, between these, write it down in seven parts. And you shall come to me, so that I may cast lots for you about this, before the Lord your God.
18:6. Ye shall therefore describe the land [into] seven parts, and bring [the description] hither to me, that I may cast lots for you here before the LORD our God.
Ye shall therefore describe the land [into] seven parts, and bring [the description] hither to me, that I may cast lots for you here before the LORD our God:

6: а вы распишите землю на семь уделов и представьте мне сюда: я брошу вам жребий здесь пред лицем Господа Бога нашего;
18:6
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
δὲ δε though; while
μερίσατε μεριζω apportion; allocate
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἑπτὰ επτα seven
μερίδας μερις portion
καὶ και and; even
ἐνέγκατε φερω carry; bring
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
ὧδε ωδε here
καὶ και and; even
ἐξοίσω εκφερω bring out / forth; carry out
ὑμῖν υμιν you
κλῆρον κληρος lot; allotment
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
18:6
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתֶּ֞ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
תִּכְתְּב֤וּ tiḵtᵊvˈû כתב write
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
שִׁבְעָ֣ה šivʕˈā שֶׁבַע seven
חֲלָקִ֔ים ḥᵃlāqˈîm חֵלֶק share
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
הֲבֵאתֶ֥ם hᵃvēṯˌem בוא come
אֵלַ֖י ʔēlˌay אֶל to
הֵ֑נָּה hˈēnnā הֵנָּה here
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרִ֨יתִי yārˌîṯî ירה cast
לָכֶ֤ם lāḵˈem לְ to
גֹּורָל֙ gôrˌāl גֹּורָל lot
פֹּ֔ה pˈō פֹּה here
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֖י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ׃ ʔᵉlōhˈênû אֱלֹהִים god(s)
18:6. mediam inter hos terram in septem partes describite et huc venietis ad me ut coram Domino Deo vestro mittam vobis hic sortem
The land in the midst between these mark ye out into seven parts; and you shall come hither to me, that I may cast lots for you before the Lord your God.
18:6. The land that is in the middle, between these, write it down in seven parts. And you shall come to me, so that I may cast lots for you about this, before the Lord your God.
18:6. Ye shall therefore describe the land [into] seven parts, and bring [the description] hither to me, that I may cast lots for you here before the LORD our God.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:6: that I may cast: Jos 18:8, Jos 18:10, Jos 14:2; Num 26:54, Num 26:55, Num 33:54, Num 34:13; Psa 105:11; Pro 16:33, Pro 18:18; Act 13:19
Geneva 1599
18:6 Ye shall therefore describe the land [into] seven parts, and bring [the description] hither to me, that I may cast lots for you here before the (e) LORD our God.
(e) Before the ark of the Lord.
John Gill
18:6 Ye shall therefore describe the land into seven parts,.... Or ye shall describe the land, even the seven parts of it when divided; it seems as if they were first to describe in general all the land not disposed of, and then divide it into seven parts, and make a particular description of each part, or form a plan, or draw a map of every part:
and bring the description hither to me; not by word of mouth, but as written in a book, or marked out in a map, and laid before him, see Josh 18:9,
that I may cast lots for you here before the Lord your God; in Shiloh, at the door of the tabernacle, and so before the Lord who dwelt in it, at whose disposal the lot was, and by which everyone of the seven tribes would have their part and portion assigned them most fitting and convenient for them, according to the will and counsel of God, in which it became them to acquiesce.
John Wesley
18:6 Before the Lord - That is, before the ark or tabernacle, that God may be witness and judge, and author of the division, that each may be contented with his lot, and that your several possessions may be secured to you as things sacred.
18:718:7: Զի ո՛չ գոյ ընդ ձեզ բաժին որդւոցն Ղեւեայ. զի քահանայութիւն Տեառն է բաժին նորա. եւ Գադ, եւ Ռուբէն, եւ կէս ցեղին Մանասէի առի՛ն զժառանգութիւն իւրեանց յա՛յնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելս՝ զոր ե՛տ նոցա Մովսէս ծառայ Տեառն[2334]։ [2334] Ոմանք. Զի ո՛չ է ընդ ձեզ բաժին... յարեւելից. զի ետ նոցա Մով՛՛։
7. Ղեւիի որդիները ձեր մէջ բաժին չունեն, որովհետեւ նրանց բաժինը Տիրոջ համար արուած քահանայութիւնն է. Գադը, Ռուբէնը եւ Մանասէի կէս ցեղը Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում՝ արեւելքում ստացան իրենց ժառանգութիւնը, որ Տիրոջ ծառայ Մովսէսը տուել էր նրանց»:
7 Ղեւտացիները ձեր մէջ բաժին չունին, որովհետեւ անոնց ժառանգութիւնը Տէրոջը քահանայութիւնն է եւ Գադ ու Ռուբէն եւ Մանասէի կէս ցեղը Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը դէպի արեւելք՝ իրենց ժառանգութիւնները առած են, որոնք Տէրոջը ծառան Մովսէս անոնց տուաւ»։
Զի ոչ գոյ ընդ ձեզ բաժին որդւոցն Ղեւեայ, զի քահանայութիւն Տեառն է բաժին նորա. եւ Գադ եւ Ռուբէն եւ կէս ցեղին Մանասէի առին զժառանգութիւն իւրեանց յայնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելս, զոր ետ նոցա Մովսէս ծառայ Տեառն:

18:7: Զի ո՛չ գոյ ընդ ձեզ բաժին որդւոցն Ղեւեայ. զի քահանայութիւն Տեառն է բաժին նորա. եւ Գադ, եւ Ռուբէն, եւ կէս ցեղին Մանասէի առի՛ն զժառանգութիւն իւրեանց յա՛յնկոյս Յորդանանու յարեւելս՝ զոր ե՛տ նոցա Մովսէս ծառայ Տեառն[2334]։
[2334] Ոմանք. Զի ո՛չ է ընդ ձեզ բաժին... յարեւելից. զի ետ նոցա Մով՛՛։
7. Ղեւիի որդիները ձեր մէջ բաժին չունեն, որովհետեւ նրանց բաժինը Տիրոջ համար արուած քահանայութիւնն է. Գադը, Ռուբէնը եւ Մանասէի կէս ցեղը Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում՝ արեւելքում ստացան իրենց ժառանգութիւնը, որ Տիրոջ ծառայ Մովսէսը տուել էր նրանց»:
7 Ղեւտացիները ձեր մէջ բաժին չունին, որովհետեւ անոնց ժառանգութիւնը Տէրոջը քահանայութիւնն է եւ Գադ ու Ռուբէն եւ Մանասէի կէս ցեղը Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը դէպի արեւելք՝ իրենց ժառանգութիւնները առած են, որոնք Տէրոջը ծառան Մովսէս անոնց տուաւ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:77: а левитам нет части между вами, ибо священство Господне есть удел их; Гад же, Рувим и половина колена Манассиина получили удел свой за Иорданом к востоку, который дал им Моисей, раб Господень.
18:7 οὐ ου not γάρ γαρ for ἐστιν ειμι be μερὶς μερις portion τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Λευι λευι Leuΐ; Lei ἐν εν in ὑμῖν υμιν you ἱερατεία ιερατεια priesthood γὰρ γαρ for κυρίου κυριος lord; master μερὶς μερις portion αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath καὶ και and; even Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the ἥμισυ ημισυς half φυλῆς φυλη tribe Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis ἐλάβοσαν λαμβανω take; get τὴν ο the κληρονομίαν κληρονομια inheritance αὐτῶν αυτος he; him πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἐπ᾿ επι in; on ἀνατολάς ανατολη springing up; east ἣν ος who; what ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ὁ ο the παῖς παις child; boy κυρίου κυριος lord; master
18:7 כִּ֠י kˌî כִּי that אֵֽין־ ʔˈên- אַיִן [NEG] חֵ֤לֶק ḥˈēleq חֵלֶק share לַ la לְ to † הַ the לְוִיִּם֙ lᵊwiyyˌim לֵוִי Levite בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קִרְבְּכֶ֔ם qirbᵊḵˈem קֶרֶב interior כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that כְהֻנַּ֥ת ḵᵊhunnˌaṯ כְּהֻנָּה priesthood יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH נַחֲלָתֹ֑ו naḥᵃlāṯˈô נַחֲלָה heritage וְ wᵊ וְ and גָ֡ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad וּ û וְ and רְאוּבֵ֡ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben וַ wa וְ and חֲצִי֩ ḥᵃṣˌî חֲצִי half שֵׁ֨בֶט šˌēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod הַֽ hˈa הַ the מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh לָקְח֣וּ lāqᵊḥˈû לקח take נַחֲלָתָ֗ם naḥᵃlāṯˈām נַחֲלָה heritage מֵ mē מִן from עֵ֤בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite לַ la לְ to † הַ the יַּרְדֵּן֙ yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan מִזְרָ֔חָה mizrˈāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתַ֣ן nāṯˈan נתן give לָהֶ֔ם lāhˈem לְ to מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses עֶ֥בֶד ʕˌeveḏ עֶבֶד servant יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
18:7. quia non est inter vos pars Levitarum sed sacerdotium Domini est eorum hereditas Gad autem et Ruben et dimidia tribus Manasse iam acceperant possessiones suas trans Iordanem ad orientalem plagam quas dedit eis Moses famulus DominiFor the Levites have no part among you, but the priesthood of the Lord is their inheritance. And Gad and Ruben, and the half tribe of Manasses have already received their possessions beyond the Jordan eastward: which Moses the servant of the Lord gave them.
7. For the Levites have no portion among you; for the priesthood of the LORD is their inheritance: and Gad and Reuben and the half tribe of Manasseh have received their inheritance beyond Jordan eastward, which Moses the servant of the LORD gave them.
18:7. But there is no portion among you for the Levites. Instead, the priesthood of the Lord is their inheritance. And Gad and Reuben, and the one half tribe of Manasseh, have already received their possessions beyond the Jordan in the eastern region, which Moses, the servant of the Lord, gave to them.”
18:7. But the Levites have no part among you; for the priesthood of the LORD [is] their inheritance: and Gad, and Reuben, and half the tribe of Manasseh, have received their inheritance beyond Jordan on the east, which Moses the servant of the LORD gave them.
But the Levites have no part among you; for the priesthood of the LORD [is] their inheritance: and Gad, and Reuben, and half the tribe of Manasseh, have received their inheritance beyond Jordan on the east, which Moses the servant of the LORD gave them:

7: а левитам нет части между вами, ибо священство Господне есть удел их; Гад же, Рувим и половина колена Манассиина получили удел свой за Иорданом к востоку, который дал им Моисей, раб Господень.
18:7
οὐ ου not
γάρ γαρ for
ἐστιν ειμι be
μερὶς μερις portion
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Λευι λευι Leuΐ; Lei
ἐν εν in
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἱερατεία ιερατεια priesthood
γὰρ γαρ for
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
μερὶς μερις portion
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
Γαδ γαδ Gad; Gath
καὶ και and; even
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
ἥμισυ ημισυς half
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Μανασση μανασσης Manassēs; Manassis
ἐλάβοσαν λαμβανω take; get
τὴν ο the
κληρονομίαν κληρονομια inheritance
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
ἀνατολάς ανατολη springing up; east
ἣν ος who; what
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ο the
παῖς παις child; boy
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
18:7
כִּ֠י kˌî כִּי that
אֵֽין־ ʔˈên- אַיִן [NEG]
חֵ֤לֶק ḥˈēleq חֵלֶק share
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
לְוִיִּם֙ lᵊwiyyˌim לֵוִי Levite
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קִרְבְּכֶ֔ם qirbᵊḵˈem קֶרֶב interior
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
כְהֻנַּ֥ת ḵᵊhunnˌaṯ כְּהֻנָּה priesthood
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
נַחֲלָתֹ֑ו naḥᵃlāṯˈô נַחֲלָה heritage
וְ wᵊ וְ and
גָ֡ד ḡˈāḏ גָּד Gad
וּ û וְ and
רְאוּבֵ֡ן rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
וַ wa וְ and
חֲצִי֩ ḥᵃṣˌî חֲצִי half
שֵׁ֨בֶט šˌēveṭ שֵׁבֶט rod
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
מְנַשֶּׁ֜ה mᵊnaššˈeh מְנַשֶּׁה Manasseh
לָקְח֣וּ lāqᵊḥˈû לקח take
נַחֲלָתָ֗ם naḥᵃlāṯˈām נַחֲלָה heritage
מֵ מִן from
עֵ֤בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
יַּרְדֵּן֙ yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
מִזְרָ֔חָה mizrˈāḥā מִזְרָח sunrise
אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתַ֣ן nāṯˈan נתן give
לָהֶ֔ם lāhˈem לְ to
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
עֶ֥בֶד ʕˌeveḏ עֶבֶד servant
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
18:7. quia non est inter vos pars Levitarum sed sacerdotium Domini est eorum hereditas Gad autem et Ruben et dimidia tribus Manasse iam acceperant possessiones suas trans Iordanem ad orientalem plagam quas dedit eis Moses famulus Domini
For the Levites have no part among you, but the priesthood of the Lord is their inheritance. And Gad and Ruben, and the half tribe of Manasses have already received their possessions beyond the Jordan eastward: which Moses the servant of the Lord gave them.
18:7. But there is no portion among you for the Levites. Instead, the priesthood of the Lord is their inheritance. And Gad and Reuben, and the one half tribe of Manasseh, have already received their possessions beyond the Jordan in the eastern region, which Moses, the servant of the Lord, gave to them.”
18:7. But the Levites have no part among you; for the priesthood of the LORD [is] their inheritance: and Gad, and Reuben, and half the tribe of Manasseh, have received their inheritance beyond Jordan on the east, which Moses the servant of the LORD gave them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:7: The priesthood of the Lord is their inheritance - We have already seen that the priests and Levites had the sacrifices, oblations tithes, first-fruits, redemption-money of the firstborn, etc., for their inheritance; they had no landed possessions in Israel; the Lord was their portion.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:7: the Levites: Jos 13:14, Jos 13:33; Num 18:20, Num 18:23; Deu 10:9, Deu 18:1, Deu 18:2
and Gad: jos 13:8-31; Num 32:29-41; Deu 3:12-17, Deu 4:47, Deu 4:48
Geneva 1599
18:7 But the Levites have no part among you; for the (f) priesthood of the LORD [is] their inheritance: and Gad, and Reuben, and half the tribe of Manasseh, have received their inheritance beyond Jordan on the east, which Moses the servant of the LORD gave them.
(f) That is, the sacrifices and offerings, (Josh 13:14).
John Gill
18:7 But the Levites have no part among you,.... And so needed not to send any men out of their tribe to measure the land on their account, and is a reason why the remaining part of the land was to be divided into seven parts only:
for the priesthood of the Lord is his inheritance; not only the office, but what appertained to it, all the perquisites of it, the tithes, firstfruits, parts of the sacrifices, &c. see Josh 13:14,
and Gad, and Reuben, and half the tribe of Manasseh, have received their inheritance beyond Jordan on the east, which Moses the servant of the Lord gave them; and so had no share in the division of the land of Canaan, being sufficiently provided for.
18:818:8: Եւ յարուցեալ արքն գնացին։ Եւ պատուիրեա՛ց Յեսու արանցն երթելոց աշխարհադիտե՛լ զերկիրն. եւ ասէ. Անցէ՛ք գնացէ՛ք եւ աշխարհադիտեցէ՛ք զերկիրն, եւ եկեսջիք առ իս այսր. եւ հանից ձեզ վիճակս առաջի Տեառն ՚ի Սեղով[2335]։ [2335] Ոմանք. Երթալոց աշխարհագիտել... եւ ելջիք առ իս այսր։
8. Եւ մարդիկ վեր կացան գնացին: Երկիրն աչքի անցկացնելու գնացած մարդկանց Յեսուն պատուիրեց եւ ասաց. «Անցէք գնացէ՛ք, աչքի անցկացրէ՛ք երկիրն ու վերադարձէ՛ք ինձ մօտ, իսկ ես Սելովում Տիրոջ առաջ ձեզ համար վիճակ կը գցեմ»:
8 Այն մարդիկը գացին ու Յեսու այն երկիրը գրելու գացողներուն պատուիրեց՝ ըսելով. «Գացէ՛ք եւ այն երկրին մէջ պտըտելով զանիկա գրեցէք. ետքը ինծի դարձէք, որպէս զի հոս Սելովի մէջ Տէրոջը առջեւ ձեզի համար վիճակ ձգեմ»։
Եւ յարուցեալ արքն գնացին. եւ պատուիրեաց Յեսու արանցն երթելոց աշխարհադիտել զերկիրն, եւ ասէ. Անցէք գնացէք եւ աշխարհադիտեցէք զերկիրն. եւ եկեսջիք առ իս այսր, եւ հանից ձեզ վիճակս առաջի Տեառն ի Սելով:

18:8: Եւ յարուցեալ արքն գնացին։ Եւ պատուիրեա՛ց Յեսու արանցն երթելոց աշխարհադիտե՛լ զերկիրն. եւ ասէ. Անցէ՛ք գնացէ՛ք եւ աշխարհադիտեցէ՛ք զերկիրն, եւ եկեսջիք առ իս այսր. եւ հանից ձեզ վիճակս առաջի Տեառն ՚ի Սեղով[2335]։
[2335] Ոմանք. Երթալոց աշխարհագիտել... եւ ելջիք առ իս այսր։
8. Եւ մարդիկ վեր կացան գնացին: Երկիրն աչքի անցկացնելու գնացած մարդկանց Յեսուն պատուիրեց եւ ասաց. «Անցէք գնացէ՛ք, աչքի անցկացրէ՛ք երկիրն ու վերադարձէ՛ք ինձ մօտ, իսկ ես Սելովում Տիրոջ առաջ ձեզ համար վիճակ կը գցեմ»:
8 Այն մարդիկը գացին ու Յեսու այն երկիրը գրելու գացողներուն պատուիրեց՝ ըսելով. «Գացէ՛ք եւ այն երկրին մէջ պտըտելով զանիկա գրեցէք. ետքը ինծի դարձէք, որպէս զի հոս Սելովի մէջ Տէրոջը առջեւ ձեզի համար վիճակ ձգեմ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:88: Эти люди встали и пошли. Иисус же пошедшим описывать землю дал такое приказание: пойдите, обойдите землю, опишите ее и возвратитесь ко мне; а я здесь брошу вам жребий пред лицем Господним, в Силоме.
18:8 καὶ και and; even ἀναστάντες ανιστημι stand up; resurrect οἱ ο the ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband ἐπορεύθησαν πορευομαι travel; go καὶ και and; even ἐνετείλατο εντελλομαι direct; enjoin Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus τοῖς ο the ἀνδράσιν ανηρ man; husband τοῖς ο the πορευομένοις πορευομαι travel; go χωροβατῆσαι χωροβατεω the γῆν γη earth; land λέγων λεγω tell; declare πορεύεσθε πορευομαι travel; go καὶ και and; even χωροβατήσατε χωροβατεω the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even παραγενήθητε παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along πρός προς to; toward με με me καὶ και and; even ὧδε ωδε here ἐξοίσω εκφερω bring out / forth; carry out ὑμῖν υμιν you κλῆρον κληρος lot; allotment ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master ἐν εν in Σηλω σηλω Sēlō; Silo
18:8 וַ wa וְ and יָּקֻ֥מוּ yyāqˌumû קום arise הָ hā הַ the אֲנָשִׁ֖ים ʔᵃnāšˌîm אִישׁ man וַ wa וְ and יֵּלֵ֑כוּ yyēlˈēḵû הלך walk וַ wa וְ and יְצַ֣ו yᵊṣˈaw צוה command יְהֹושֻׁ֡עַ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the הֹלְכִים֩ hōlᵊḵîm הלך walk לִ li לְ to כְתֹּ֨ב ḵᵊttˌōv כתב write אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֜רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לֵ lē לְ to אמֹ֗ר ʔmˈōr אמר say לְ֠כוּ lᵊḵˌû הלך walk וְ wᵊ וְ and הִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ hiṯhallᵊḵˌû הלך walk בָ vā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֜רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וְ wᵊ וְ and כִתְב֤וּ ḵiṯᵊvˈû כתב write אֹותָהּ֙ ʔôṯˌāh אֵת [object marker] וְ wᵊ וְ and שׁ֣וּבוּ šˈûvû שׁוב return אֵלַ֔י ʔēlˈay אֶל to וּ֠ û וְ and פֹה fˌō פֹּה here אַשְׁלִ֨יךְ ʔašlˌîḵ שׁלך throw לָכֶ֥ם lāḵˌem לְ to גֹּורָ֛ל gôrˈāl גֹּורָל lot לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שִׁלֹֽה׃ šilˈō שִׁלֹה Shiloh
18:8. cumque surrexissent viri ut pergerent ad describendam terram praecepit eis Iosue dicens circuite terram et describite eam ac revertimini ad me ut hic coram Domino Deo in Silo mittam vobis sortemAnd when the men were risen up, to go to mark out the land, Josue commanded them saying: Go round the land and mark it out, and return to me: that I may cast lots for you before the Lord in Silo.
8. And the men arose, and went: and Joshua charged them that went to describe the land, saying, Go and walk through the land, and describe it, and come again to me, and I will cast lots for you here before the LORD in Shiloh.
18:8. And when the men had risen up, so that they might go out to describe the land, Joshua instructed them, saying, “Circle through the land, and describe it, and return to me, so that I may cast lots for you about this, before the Lord, in Shiloh.”
18:8. And the men arose, and went away: and Joshua charged them that went to describe the land, saying, Go and walk through the land, and describe it, and come again to me, that I may here cast lots for you before the LORD in Shiloh.
And the men arose, and went away: and Joshua charged them that went to describe the land, saying, Go and walk through the land, and describe it, and come again to me, that I may here cast lots for you before the LORD in Shiloh:

8: Эти люди встали и пошли. Иисус же пошедшим описывать землю дал такое приказание: пойдите, обойдите землю, опишите ее и возвратитесь ко мне; а я здесь брошу вам жребий пред лицем Господним, в Силоме.
18:8
καὶ και and; even
ἀναστάντες ανιστημι stand up; resurrect
οἱ ο the
ἄνδρες ανηρ man; husband
ἐπορεύθησαν πορευομαι travel; go
καὶ και and; even
ἐνετείλατο εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
τοῖς ο the
ἀνδράσιν ανηρ man; husband
τοῖς ο the
πορευομένοις πορευομαι travel; go
χωροβατῆσαι χωροβατεω the
γῆν γη earth; land
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
πορεύεσθε πορευομαι travel; go
καὶ και and; even
χωροβατήσατε χωροβατεω the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
παραγενήθητε παραγινομαι happen by; come by / to / along
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
καὶ και and; even
ὧδε ωδε here
ἐξοίσω εκφερω bring out / forth; carry out
ὑμῖν υμιν you
κλῆρον κληρος lot; allotment
ἔναντι εναντι next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
ἐν εν in
Σηλω σηλω Sēlō; Silo
18:8
וַ wa וְ and
יָּקֻ֥מוּ yyāqˌumû קום arise
הָ הַ the
אֲנָשִׁ֖ים ʔᵃnāšˌîm אִישׁ man
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּלֵ֑כוּ yyēlˈēḵû הלך walk
וַ wa וְ and
יְצַ֣ו yᵊṣˈaw צוה command
יְהֹושֻׁ֡עַ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
הֹלְכִים֩ hōlᵊḵîm הלך walk
לִ li לְ to
כְתֹּ֨ב ḵᵊttˌōv כתב write
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֜רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לֵ לְ to
אמֹ֗ר ʔmˈōr אמר say
לְ֠כוּ lᵊḵˌû הלך walk
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ hiṯhallᵊḵˌû הלך walk
בָ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֜רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִתְב֤וּ ḵiṯᵊvˈû כתב write
אֹותָהּ֙ ʔôṯˌāh אֵת [object marker]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שׁ֣וּבוּ šˈûvû שׁוב return
אֵלַ֔י ʔēlˈay אֶל to
וּ֠ û וְ and
פֹה fˌō פֹּה here
אַשְׁלִ֨יךְ ʔašlˌîḵ שׁלך throw
לָכֶ֥ם lāḵˌem לְ to
גֹּורָ֛ל gôrˈāl גֹּורָל lot
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שִׁלֹֽה׃ šilˈō שִׁלֹה Shiloh
18:8. cumque surrexissent viri ut pergerent ad describendam terram praecepit eis Iosue dicens circuite terram et describite eam ac revertimini ad me ut hic coram Domino Deo in Silo mittam vobis sortem
And when the men were risen up, to go to mark out the land, Josue commanded them saying: Go round the land and mark it out, and return to me: that I may cast lots for you before the Lord in Silo.
18:8. And when the men had risen up, so that they might go out to describe the land, Joshua instructed them, saying, “Circle through the land, and describe it, and return to me, so that I may cast lots for you about this, before the Lord, in Shiloh.”
18:8. And the men arose, and went away: and Joshua charged them that went to describe the land, saying, Go and walk through the land, and describe it, and come again to me, that I may here cast lots for you before the LORD in Shiloh.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:8: Go: Gen 13:17
that I may here: Jos 18:6, Jos 18:10, Jos 7:16-18, Jos 13:7, Jos 14:1, Jos 14:2, Jos 15:1; Sa1 14:41; Act 1:24-26; Rom 14:19
Geneva 1599
18:8 And the men arose, and went away: and Joshua charged them that went to (g) describe the land, saying, Go and walk through the land, and describe it, and come again to me, that I may here cast lots for you before the LORD in Shiloh.
(g) By writing the names of every country and city.
John Gill
18:8 And the men arose, and went away,.... The seven tribes took the advice of Joshua, chose three men out of each tribe, and presented them to him, who gave them their commission and instruction to go and describe the land of Canaan, not yet disposed of, and whether subdued, or not subdued; upon which they prepared for their journey, and took it, after he had given them the following charge:
and Joshua charged them that went to describe the land; before they departed from him:
saying, go and walk through the land; and take particular notice, and an exact survey of it, both of the quality and the quantity of it:
and describe it; its cities and towns, hills and dales, the goodness and badness of the soil, and put it down in a book, or lay it out in a map, that it may be discerned by the eye what number of cities, and what space of ground it contains, and what parts are hilly and woody, and what otherwise:
and come again to me; to make a report of it:
that I may cast lots for you before the Lord in Shiloh; that is, for the several tribes which they belonged to, and by whom they were chosen for this purpose.
18:918:9: Եւ գնացին արքն եւ շրջեցա՛ն ընդ երկիրն, եւ աշխարհադիտեցի՛ն զերկիրն, եւ տեսին զնա. եւ գրեցին ըստ քաղաքաց իւրեանց եւթն բաժին ՚ի մատենի. եւ բերին առ Յեսու ՚ի բանակն ՚ի Սեղով։
9. Մարդիկ գնացին շրջեցին երկրում, հետազոտեցին ու տեսան երկիրը եւ այն, ըստ նրա քաղաքների, եօթը բաժին անելով՝ չափագրեցին մի գրքի մէջ եւ բերին Յեսուի մօտ՝ բանակատեղի, Սելով:
9 Այն մարդիկը գացին ու այն երկրին մէջ պտըտեցան եւ զանիկա իր քաղաքներովը եօթը բաժին ընելով՝ գրքի մը մէջ գրեցին ու Սելով՝ բանակը՝ եկան Յեսուին։
Եւ գնացին արքն եւ շրջեցան ընդ երկիրն, եւ աշխարհադիտեցին զերկիրն եւ տեսին զնա, եւ գրեցին ըստ քաղաքաց իւրեանց եւթն բաժին ի մատենի, եւ բերին առ Յեսու ի բանակն ի Սելով:

18:9: Եւ գնացին արքն եւ շրջեցա՛ն ընդ երկիրն, եւ աշխարհադիտեցի՛ն զերկիրն, եւ տեսին զնա. եւ գրեցին ըստ քաղաքաց իւրեանց եւթն բաժին ՚ի մատենի. եւ բերին առ Յեսու ՚ի բանակն ՚ի Սեղով։
9. Մարդիկ գնացին շրջեցին երկրում, հետազոտեցին ու տեսան երկիրը եւ այն, ըստ նրա քաղաքների, եօթը բաժին անելով՝ չափագրեցին մի գրքի մէջ եւ բերին Յեսուի մօտ՝ բանակատեղի, Սելով:
9 Այն մարդիկը գացին ու այն երկրին մէջ պտըտեցան եւ զանիկա իր քաղաքներովը եօթը բաժին ընելով՝ գրքի մը մէջ գրեցին ու Սելով՝ բանակը՝ եկան Յեսուին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:99: Они пошли, прошли по земле, и описали ее, по городам ее, на семь уделов, в книге, и пришли к Иисусу в стан, в Силом.
18:9 καὶ και and; even ἐπορεύθησαν πορευομαι travel; go καὶ και and; even ἐχωροβάτησαν χωροβατεω the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even εἴδοσαν οραω view; see αὐτὴν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἔγραψαν γραφω write αὐτὴν αυτος he; him κατὰ κατα down; by πόλεις πολις city αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἑπτὰ επτα seven μερίδας μερις portion εἰς εις into; for βιβλίον βιβλιον scroll καὶ και and; even ἤνεγκαν φερω carry; bring πρὸς προς to; toward Ἰησοῦν ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
18:9 וַ wa וְ and יֵּלְכ֤וּ yyēlᵊḵˈû הלך walk הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֲנָשִׁים֙ ʔᵃnāšîm אִישׁ man וַ wa וְ and יַּעַבְר֣וּ yyaʕavrˈû עבר pass בָ vā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וַ wa וְ and יִּכְתְּב֧וּהָ yyiḵtᵊvˈûhā כתב write לֶֽ lˈe לְ to † הַ the עָרִ֛ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town לְ lᵊ לְ to שִׁבְעָ֥ה šivʕˌā שֶׁבַע seven חֲלָקִ֖ים ḥᵃlāqˌîm חֵלֶק share עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon סֵ֑פֶר sˈēfer סֵפֶר letter וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֧אוּ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to יְהֹושֻׁ֛עַ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הַֽ hˈa הַ the מַּחֲנֶ֖ה mmaḥᵃnˌeh מַחֲנֶה camp שִׁלֹֽה׃ šilˈō שִׁלֹה Shiloh
18:9. itaque perrexerunt et lustrantes eam in septem partes diviserunt scribentes in volumine reversique sunt ad Iosue in castra SiloSo they went and surveying it divided it into seven parts, writing them down in a book. And they returned to Josue, to the camp in Silo.
9. And the men went and passed through the land, and described it by cities into seven portions in a book, and they came to Joshua unto the camp at Shiloh.
18:9. And so they went out. And surveying it, they divided it into seven parts, writing it in a book. And they returned to Joshua, to the camp at Shiloh.
18:9. And the men went and passed through the land, and described it by cities into seven parts in a book, and came [again] to Joshua to the host at Shiloh.
And the men went and passed through the land, and described it by cities into seven parts in a book, and came [again] to Joshua to the host at Shiloh:

9: Они пошли, прошли по земле, и описали ее, по городам ее, на семь уделов, в книге, и пришли к Иисусу в стан, в Силом.
18:9
καὶ και and; even
ἐπορεύθησαν πορευομαι travel; go
καὶ και and; even
ἐχωροβάτησαν χωροβατεω the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
εἴδοσαν οραω view; see
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἔγραψαν γραφω write
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
κατὰ κατα down; by
πόλεις πολις city
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἑπτὰ επτα seven
μερίδας μερις portion
εἰς εις into; for
βιβλίον βιβλιον scroll
καὶ και and; even
ἤνεγκαν φερω carry; bring
πρὸς προς to; toward
Ἰησοῦν ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
18:9
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּלְכ֤וּ yyēlᵊḵˈû הלך walk
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֲנָשִׁים֙ ʔᵃnāšîm אִישׁ man
וַ wa וְ and
יַּעַבְר֣וּ yyaʕavrˈû עבר pass
בָ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וַ wa וְ and
יִּכְתְּב֧וּהָ yyiḵtᵊvˈûhā כתב write
לֶֽ lˈe לְ to
הַ the
עָרִ֛ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שִׁבְעָ֥ה šivʕˌā שֶׁבַע seven
חֲלָקִ֖ים ḥᵃlāqˌîm חֵלֶק share
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
סֵ֑פֶר sˈēfer סֵפֶר letter
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֧אוּ yyāvˈōʔû בוא come
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
יְהֹושֻׁ֛עַ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
מַּחֲנֶ֖ה mmaḥᵃnˌeh מַחֲנֶה camp
שִׁלֹֽה׃ šilˈō שִׁלֹה Shiloh
18:9. itaque perrexerunt et lustrantes eam in septem partes diviserunt scribentes in volumine reversique sunt ad Iosue in castra Silo
So they went and surveying it divided it into seven parts, writing them down in a book. And they returned to Josue, to the camp in Silo.
18:9. And so they went out. And surveying it, they divided it into seven parts, writing it in a book. And they returned to Joshua, to the camp at Shiloh.
18:9. And the men went and passed through the land, and described it by cities into seven parts in a book, and came [again] to Joshua to the host at Shiloh.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
9: Из сказанного здесь об исполнении выборными возложенного на них поручения видно, что описание осмотренной ими ханаанской земли с находившимися в ней городами, они занесли в книгу, указания которой должны были иметь решающее значение при возможных спорах между коленами относительно владения теми или другими местностями.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:9: And described it in a book - This as far as I can recollect, is the first act of surveying on record. These men and their work differed widely from those who had searched the land in the time of Moses; they went only to discover the nature of the country, and the state of its inhabitants; but these went to take an actual geographical survey of it, in order to divide it among the tribes which had not yet received their portions. We may suppose that the country was exactly described in a book, that is, a map, pointing out the face of the country, accompanied with descriptions of each part.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:9: described: The surveyors seem to have formed some kind of map of the country, as well as a description of it in writing. The Egyptians, from the situation of their fields, as annually overflowed by the Nile, acquired great skill in mensuration and land surveying; and some of the Israelites had, no doubt, learned these from them, without a knowledge of which they could not properly have divided the land. This is probably the first act of surveying on record.
into seven: Act 13:19
John Gill
18:9 And the men went and passed through the land,.... Undisturbed by the inhabitants that remained; the fear of the Israelites being still upon them, and the providence of God restraining them, so that the men passed through the whole country, and took a survey of it without any molestation:
and described it by cities, into seven parts, in a book; or map, or rather made seven maps of it, and set down the several cities in each division, with the places adjacent, hills and vales, and marked out a plain and exact chorography of the whole, by which it appears they must be men well skilled in geometry. Josephus (b) says, that Joshua added to them some that understood geometry; but doubtless the persons each tribe chose and sent were such whom they knew were well versed in that art, and so fit for the business; and which they had, no doubt, learned in Egypt, this being one part of the wisdom and learning of the Egyptians; who boasted of it as an invention of theirs, as Diodorus Siculus (c) relates; and indeed they were obliged to study it, their country being divided into several homes, and these into lesser districts, and which also were subdivided, and according thereunto were the king's taxes levied upon them; and what with the confusion frequently made by the overflowings of the Nile, they were frequently obliged to measure their land over again; and hence they became expert in this science, which is commonly believed took its rise from them, and passed into Greece, as Herodotus (d), and Strabo (e), and other authors relate; however, it is certain from this instance in the time of Joshua, that geometry was not the invention of Anaximander, about five hundred years before Christ, as some have asserted (f):
and came again to Joshua to the host at Shiloh; where the camp, as well as the people in common, and the tabernacle, were; they returned, as Josephus (g) says, at the end of seven months; and to measure so much land, and make such divisions of it, and give the plans and maps of each division, must take up a considerable time.
(b) Antiqu. l. 5. c. 1. sect. 21. (c) Bibliothec. l. 1. p. 63. (d) Euterpe, sive, l. 2. c. 109. (e) Geograph. l. 17. p. 541, 542. Vid. Suidam in voce (f) Vid. Strabo. Geograph. l. 1. p. 5. Lar. l. 2. Vit. Anaximan I. (g) Ut supra. (Antiqu. l. 5. c. 1. sect. 21.)
John Wesley
18:9 By cities - Or, according to the cities, to which the several parties or territories belonged.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
18:9 The men went and passed through the land, and described it by cities into seven parts in a book--dividing the land according to its value, and the worth of the cities which it contained, into seven equal portions. This was no light task to undertake. It required learning and intelligence which they or their instructors had, in all probability, brought with them out of Egypt. Accordingly, JOSEPHUS says that the survey was performed by men expert in geometry. And, in fact, the circumstantial account which is given of the boundaries of each tribe and its situation, well proves it to have been the work of no mean or incompetent hands.
18:1018:10: Եւ արկ նոցա Յեսու վիճակ ՚ի Սեղով առաջի Տեառն, եւ բաժանեա՛ց անդ զերկիրն որդւոցն Իսրայէլի՝ ըստ բաժանմանց իւրեանց։
10. Յեսուն Տիրոջ առաջ նրանց համար վիճակ գցեց Սելովում եւ այնտեղ երկիրը բաժանեց իսրայէլացիներին՝ ըստ իրենց բաժինների:
10 Յեսու Սելովին մէջ Տէրոջը առջեւ անոնց համար վիճակ ձգեց ու երկիրը բաժնեց Իսրայէլի որդիներուն՝ իրենց բաժիններուն համեմատ։
Եւ արկ նոցա Յեսու վիճակ ի Սելով առաջի Տեառն, եւ բաժանեաց անդ զերկիրն որդւոցն Իսրայելի` ըստ բաժանմանց իւրեանց:

18:10: Եւ արկ նոցա Յեսու վիճակ ՚ի Սեղով առաջի Տեառն, եւ բաժանեա՛ց անդ զերկիրն որդւոցն Իսրայէլի՝ ըստ բաժանմանց իւրեանց։
10. Յեսուն Տիրոջ առաջ նրանց համար վիճակ գցեց Սելովում եւ այնտեղ երկիրը բաժանեց իսրայէլացիներին՝ ըստ իրենց բաժինների:
10 Յեսու Սելովին մէջ Տէրոջը առջեւ անոնց համար վիճակ ձգեց ու երկիրը բաժնեց Իսրայէլի որդիներուն՝ իրենց բաժիններուն համեմատ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:1010: Иисус бросил им жребий в Силоме пред Господом, и разделил там Иисус землю сынам Израилевым по участкам их.
18:10 καὶ και and; even ἐνέβαλεν εμβαλλω inject; cast in αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus κλῆρον κληρος lot; allotment ἐν εν in Σηλω σηλω next to; in the presence of κυρίου κυριος lord; master
18:10 וַ wa וְ and יַּשְׁלֵךְ֩ yyašlēḵ שׁלך throw לָהֶ֨ם lāhˌem לְ to יְהֹושֻׁ֧עַ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua גֹּורָ֛ל gôrˈāl גֹּורָל lot בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שִׁלֹ֖ה šilˌō שִׁלֹה Shiloh לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֣י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וַ wa וְ and יְחַלֶּק־ yᵊḥalleq- חלק divide שָׁ֨ם šˌām שָׁם there יְהֹושֻׁ֧עַ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֛רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לִ li לְ to בְנֵ֥י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel כְּ kᵊ כְּ as מַחְלְקֹתָֽם׃ פ maḥlᵊqōṯˈām . f מַחֲלֹקֶת division
18:10. qui misit sortes coram Domino in Silo divisitque terram filiis Israhel in septem partesAnd he cast lots before the Lord in Silo, and divided the land to the children of Israel into seven parts.
10. And Joshua cast lots for them in Shiloh before the LORD: and there Joshua divided the land unto the children of Israel according to their divisions.
18:10. And he cast lots before the Lord, at Shiloh, and he divided the land to the sons of Israel, in seven parts.
18:10. And Joshua cast lots for them in Shiloh before the LORD: and there Joshua divided the land unto the children of Israel according to their divisions.
And Joshua cast lots for them in Shiloh before the LORD: and there Joshua divided the land unto the children of Israel according to their divisions:

10: Иисус бросил им жребий в Силоме пред Господом, и разделил там Иисус землю сынам Израилевым по участкам их.
18:10
καὶ και and; even
ἐνέβαλεν εμβαλλω inject; cast in
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
Ἰησοῦς ιησους Iēsous; Iisus
κλῆρον κληρος lot; allotment
ἐν εν in
Σηλω σηλω next to; in the presence of
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
18:10
וַ wa וְ and
יַּשְׁלֵךְ֩ yyašlēḵ שׁלך throw
לָהֶ֨ם lāhˌem לְ to
יְהֹושֻׁ֧עַ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
גֹּורָ֛ל gôrˈāl גֹּורָל lot
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שִׁלֹ֖ה šilˌō שִׁלֹה Shiloh
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֣י fᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וַ wa וְ and
יְחַלֶּק־ yᵊḥalleq- חלק divide
שָׁ֨ם šˌām שָׁם there
יְהֹושֻׁ֧עַ yᵊhôšˈuₐʕ יְהֹושֻׁעַ Joshua
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֛רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לִ li לְ to
בְנֵ֥י vᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
מַחְלְקֹתָֽם׃ פ maḥlᵊqōṯˈām . f מַחֲלֹקֶת division
18:10. qui misit sortes coram Domino in Silo divisitque terram filiis Israhel in septem partes
And he cast lots before the Lord in Silo, and divided the land to the children of Israel into seven parts.
18:10. And he cast lots before the Lord, at Shiloh, and he divided the land to the sons of Israel, in seven parts.
18:10. And Joshua cast lots for them in Shiloh before the LORD: and there Joshua divided the land unto the children of Israel according to their divisions.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
10-13: Жребий брошен был Иисусом Навином в Силоме пред Господом, т. е. пред Священной Скинией, как местом особенного божественного присутствия. Первый жребий вышел Вениаминову колену, которому указан был удел между сынами Иуды и между сынами Иосифа, т. е. в средине между уделами Иудина колена и Ефремова. Вследствие этого северная граница Вениаминова колена совпала с южной границей Ефремова колена, от Иерихона до нижнего Вефорона, описанной в XVI:1–3.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:10: Cast lots - See the Jos 14:2 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:10: cast lots: Jos 18:6, Jos 18:8; Pro 18:18; Eze 47:22, Eze 48:29; Mat 27:35; Act 13:19
before the Lord: Psa 16:5, Psa 16:6, Psa 47:4, Psa 61:5; Joh 17:2; Act 26:18; Col 1:12
Geneva 1599
18:10 And Joshua (h) cast lots for them in Shiloh before the LORD: and there Joshua divided the land unto the children of Israel according to their divisions.
(h) That everyone should be content with God's appointment.
John Gill
18:10 And Joshua cast lots for them in Shiloh before the Lord,.... For the seven tribes, as he had for the two tribes and a half at Gilgal; of the manner of casting lots; see Gill on Num 26:55,
and there Joshua divided the land unto the children of Israel according to their division: the land that was divided into seven parts, he distributed to the seven tribes, as the lot came up for them, and then divided these several parts according to the families and households in each tribe.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
18:10 DIVIDED BY LOT. (Josh 18:10)
Joshua cast lots for them in Shiloh before the Lord--before the tabernacle, where the divine presence was manifested, and which associated with the lot the idea of divine sanction.
18:1118:11: Եւ ել նախ վիճակն Բենիամինի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց. եւ էին սահմանք վիճակի նոցա ՚ի մէջ Յուդայ՝ եւ ՚ի մէջ որդւոցն Յովսեփայ[2336]։ [2336] Ոմանք. Եւ ել վիճակն նախ ցեղին Բենիա՛՛... եւ ելին սահմանքն վիճակի նոցա։
11. Առաջին վիճակն ընկաւ Բենիամինի որդիների ցեղին՝ ըստ իրենց տոհմերի: Նրանց բաժնի սահմանն ընկաւ Յուդայի եւ Յովսէփի որդիների միջեւ:
11 Նախ՝ Բենիամինին որդիներուն ցեղին վիճակը ելաւ իրենց տոհմերուն համեմատ։ Իրենց վիճակին սահմանը Յուդայի որդիներուն ու Յովսէփի որդիներուն մէջտեղը ելաւ։
Եւ ել նախ վիճակն Բենիամինի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց. եւ էին սահմանք վիճակի նոցա ի մէջ Յուդայ եւ ի մէջ որդւոցն Յովսեփայ:

18:11: Եւ ել նախ վիճակն Բենիամինի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց. եւ էին սահմանք վիճակի նոցա ՚ի մէջ Յուդայ՝ եւ ՚ի մէջ որդւոցն Յովսեփայ[2336]։
[2336] Ոմանք. Եւ ել վիճակն նախ ցեղին Բենիա՛՛... եւ ելին սահմանքն վիճակի նոցա։
11. Առաջին վիճակն ընկաւ Բենիամինի որդիների ցեղին՝ ըստ իրենց տոհմերի: Նրանց բաժնի սահմանն ընկաւ Յուդայի եւ Յովսէփի որդիների միջեւ:
11 Նախ՝ Բենիամինին որդիներուն ցեղին վիճակը ելաւ իրենց տոհմերուն համեմատ։ Իրենց վիճակին սահմանը Յուդայի որդիներուն ու Յովսէփի որդիներուն մէջտեղը ելաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:1111: [Первый] жребий вышел колену сынов Вениаминовых, по племенам их. Предел их по жребию шел между сынами Иуды и между сынами Иосифа;
18:11 καὶ και and; even ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out ὁ ο the κλῆρος κληρος lot; allotment φυλῆς φυλη tribe Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin πρῶτος πρωτος first; foremost κατὰ κατα down; by δήμους δημος public αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out ὅρια οριον frontier τοῦ ο the κλήρου κληρος lot; allotment αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha καὶ και and; even ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Ιωσηφ ιωσηφ Iōsēph; Iosif
18:11 וַ wa וְ and יַּ֗עַל yyˈaʕal עלה ascend גֹּורַ֛ל gôrˈal גֹּורָל lot מַטֵּ֥ה maṭṭˌē מַטֶּה staff בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son בִנְיָמִ֖ן vinyāmˌin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan וַ wa וְ and יֵּצֵא֙ yyēṣˌē יצא go out גְּב֣וּל gᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary גֹּֽורָלָ֔ם gˈôrālˈām גֹּורָל lot בֵּ֚ין ˈbên בַּיִן interval בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יְהוּדָ֔ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah וּ û וְ and בֵ֖ין vˌên בַּיִן interval בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son יֹוסֵֽף׃ yôsˈēf יֹוסֵף Joseph
18:11. et ascendit sors prima filiorum Beniamin per familias suas ut possiderent terram inter filios Iuda et filios IosephAnd first came up the lot of the children of Benjamin by their families, to possess the land between the children of Juda, and the children of Joseph.
11. And the lot of the tribe of the children of Benjamin came up according to their families: and the border of their lot went out between the children of Judah and the children of Joseph.
18:11. And the first lot went to the sons of Benjamin, by their families, so that they would possess the land between the sons of Judah and the sons of Joseph.
18:11. And the lot of the tribe of the children of Benjamin came up according to their families: and the coast of their lot came forth between the children of Judah and the children of Joseph.
And the lot of the tribe of the children of Benjamin came up according to their families: and the coast of their lot came forth between the children of Judah and the children of Joseph:

11: [Первый] жребий вышел колену сынов Вениаминовых, по племенам их. Предел их по жребию шел между сынами Иуды и между сынами Иосифа;
18:11
καὶ και and; even
ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out
ο the
κλῆρος κληρος lot; allotment
φυλῆς φυλη tribe
Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
πρῶτος πρωτος first; foremost
κατὰ κατα down; by
δήμους δημος public
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐξῆλθεν εξερχομαι come out; go out
ὅρια οριον frontier
τοῦ ο the
κλήρου κληρος lot; allotment
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
καὶ και and; even
ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ιωσηφ ιωσηφ Iōsēph; Iosif
18:11
וַ wa וְ and
יַּ֗עַל yyˈaʕal עלה ascend
גֹּורַ֛ל gôrˈal גֹּורָל lot
מַטֵּ֥ה maṭṭˌē מַטֶּה staff
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
בִנְיָמִ֖ן vinyāmˌin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּצֵא֙ yyēṣˌē יצא go out
גְּב֣וּל gᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
גֹּֽורָלָ֔ם gˈôrālˈām גֹּורָל lot
בֵּ֚ין ˈbên בַּיִן interval
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יְהוּדָ֔ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
וּ û וְ and
בֵ֖ין vˌên בַּיִן interval
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יֹוסֵֽף׃ yôsˈēf יֹוסֵף Joseph
18:11. et ascendit sors prima filiorum Beniamin per familias suas ut possiderent terram inter filios Iuda et filios Ioseph
And first came up the lot of the children of Benjamin by their families, to possess the land between the children of Juda, and the children of Joseph.
18:11. And the first lot went to the sons of Benjamin, by their families, so that they would possess the land between the sons of Judah and the sons of Joseph.
18:11. And the lot of the tribe of the children of Benjamin came up according to their families: and the coast of their lot came forth between the children of Judah and the children of Joseph.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
The Lot of Benjamin. B. C. 1444.

11 And the lot of the tribe of the children of Benjamin came up according to their families: and the coast of their lot came forth between the children of Judah and the children of Joseph. 12 And their border on the north side was from Jordan; and the border went up to the side of Jericho on the north side, and went up through the mountains westward; and the goings out thereof were at the wilderness of Beth-aven. 13 And the border went over from thence toward Luz, to the side of Luz, which is Beth-el, southward; and the border descended to Ataroth-adar, near the hill that lieth on the south side of the nether Beth-horon. 14 And the border was drawn thence, and compassed the corner of the sea southward, from the hill that lieth before Beth-horon southward; and the goings out thereof were at Kirjath-baal, which is Kirjath-jearim, a city of the children of Judah: this was the west quarter. 15 And the south quarter was from the end of Kirjath-jearim, and the border went out on the west, and went out to the well of waters of Nephtoah: 16 And the border came down to the end of the mountain that lieth before the valley of the son of Hinnom, and which is in the valley of the giants on the north, and descended to the valley of Hinnom, to the side of Jebusi on the south, and descended to En-rogel, 17 And was drawn from the north, and went forth to En-shemesh, and went forth toward Geliloth, which is over against the going up of Adummim, and descended to the stone of Bohan the son of Reuben, 18 And passed along toward the side over against Arabah northward, and went down unto Arabah: 19 And the border passed along to the side of Beth-hoglah northward: and the outgoings of the border were at the north bay of the salt sea at the south end of Jordan: this was the south coast. 20 And Jordan was the border of it on the east side. This was the inheritance of the children of Benjamin, by the coasts thereof round about, according to their families. 21 Now the cities of the tribe of the children of Benjamin according to their families were Jericho, and Beth-hoglah, and the valley of Keziz, 22 And Beth-arabah, and Zemaraim, and Beth-el, 23 And Avim, and Parah, and Ophrah, 24 And Chephar-haammonai, and Ophni, and Gaba; twelve cities with their villages: 25 Gibeon, and Ramah, and Beeroth, 26 And Mizpeh, and Chephirah, and Mozah, 27 And Rekem, and Irpeel, and Taralah, 28 And Zelah, Eleph, and Jebusi, which is Jerusalem, Gibeath, and Kirjath; fourteen cities with their villages. This is the inheritance of the children of Benjamin according to their families.
We have here the lot of the tribe of Benjamin, which Providence cast next to Joseph on the one hand, because Benjamin was own and only brother to Joseph, and was little Benjamin (Ps. lxviii. 27), that needed the protection of great Joseph, and yet had a better protector, for the Lord shall cover him all the day long, Deut. xxxiii. 12. And it was next to Judah on the other hand, that this tribe might hereafter unite with Judah in an adherence to the throne of David and the temple at Jerusalem. Here we have, 1. The exact borders and limits of this tribe, which we need not be exact in the explication of. As it had Judah on the south and Joseph on the north, so it had Jordan on the east and Dan on the west. The western border is said to compass the corner of the sea southward (v. 14), whereas no part of the lot of this tribe came near to the great sea. Bishop Patrick thinks the meaning is that it ran along in a parallel line to the great sea, though at a distance. Dr. Fuller suggests that since it is not called the great sea, but only the sea, which often signifies any lake or mere, it may be meant of the pool of Gibeon, which may be called a corner or canton of the sea; it is called the great waters of Gibeon (Jer. xli. 12), and it is compassed by the western border of this tribe. 2. The particular cities in this tribe, not all, but the most considerable. Twenty-six are here named. Jericho is put first, though dismantled, and forbidden to be rebuilt as a city with gates and walls, because it might be built and inhabited as a country village, and so was not useless to this tribe. Gilgal, where Israel first encamped when Saul was made king (1 Sam. xi. 15), was in this tribe. It was afterwards a very profane place. Hos. ix. 15, All their wickedness is in Gilgal. Beth-el was in this tribe, a famous place. Though Benjamin adhered to the house of David, yet Beth-el, it seems, was in the possession of the house of Joseph (Judg. i. 23-25), and there Jeroboam set up one of his calves. In this tribe was Gibeon, where the altar was in the beginning of Solomon's time, 2 Chron. i. 3. Gibeah likewise, that infamous place where the Levite's concubine was abused. Mizpeh, and near it Samuel's Ebenezer, and also Anathoth, Jeremiah's city, were in this tribe, as was the northern part of Jerusalem. Paul was the honour of this tribe (Rom. xi. 1; Phil. iii. 5); but where his land lay we know not: he sought the better country.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:11: And the lot - of Benjamin came up - On the manner of casting the lot, see on Jos 14:2 (note), and Num 26:55 (note). There were probably two urns, one of which contained the names of the seven tribes, and the other that of the seven portions. They therefore took out one name out of the first urn, and one portion out of the second, and thus the portion was adjudged to that tribe.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:11: See the marginal references. There are many indications found in this and the next chapter that the text is in great disorder, and many of the places are still unknown.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:11: between the children: Jos 15:1-8, Jos 16:1-10; Deut. 10:1-22, Deu 13:12
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
18:11
Inheritance of the Tribe of Benjamin. - Josh 18:11-20. Boundaries of the inheritance. - Josh 18:11. The territory of their lot (i.e., the territory assigned to the Benjaminites by lot) came out (through the falling out of the lot) between the sons of Judah and the sons of Joseph.
Josh 18:12-14
The northern boundary ("the boundary towards the north side") therefore coincided with the southern boundary of Ephraim as far as Lower Beth-horon, and has already been commented upon in the exposition of Josh 16:1-3. The western boundary follows in Josh 18:14. At Beth-horon the boundary curved round and turned southwards on the western side, namely from the mountain before (in front of) Beth-horon southwards; and "the going out thereof were at Kirjath-baal, which is Kirjath-jearim," the town of the Judaeans mentioned in Josh 15:60, the present Kureyet el Enab (see at Josh 9:17).
Josh 18:15-19
"As for the southern boundary from the end of Kirjath-jearim onwards, the (southern) boundary went out on the west (i.e., it started from the west), and went out (terminated) at the fountain of the water of Nephtoah." Consequently it coincided with the northern boundary of Judah, as described in Josh 15:5-9, except that it is given there from east to west, and here from west to east (see at Josh 15:5-9). In the construction haגּבוּל תּוצאותיו, the noun הגּבוּל is in apposition to the suffix: the outgoings of it, namely of the border (see Ewald, 291, b.).
Josh 18:20
The eastern boundary was the Jordan.
Josh 18:21-28
The towns of Benjamin are divided into two groups. The first group (Josh 18:21-24) contains twelve towns in the eastern portion of the territory. Jericho: the present Riha (see at Josh 2:1). Beth-hoglah, now Ain Hajla (see Josh 15:6). Emek-keziz: the name has been preserved in the Wady el Kaziz, on the road from Jerusalem to Jericho, on the south-east of the Apostle's Well (see Van de Velde, Mem. p. 328).
Josh 18:22
Beth-arabah: see at Josh 15:6. Zemaraim, probably the ruins of es Sumrah, on the road from Jerusalem to Jericho, to the east of Khan Hadhur, on Van de Velde's map. Bethel: now Beitin (see Josh 7:2).
Josh 18:23
Avvim (i.e., ruins) is unknown. Phara has been preserved in the ruins of Fara, on Wady Fara, three hours to the north-east of Jerusalem, and the same distance to the west of Jericho. Ophrah is mentioned again in 1Kings 13:17, but it is a different place from the Ophrah of Gideon in Manasseh (Judg 6:11, Judg 6:24; Judg 8:27). According to the Onom. (s. v. Aphra), it was a κώμη Ἀφρήλ in the time of Eusebius (Jer. vicus Effrem), five Roman miles to the east of Bethel; and according to Van de Velde, v. Raumer, and others, it is probably the same place as Ephron or Ephrain, which Abijah took from Jeroboam along with Jeshanah and Bethel (2Chron 13:19), also the same as Ephraim, the city to which Christ went when He withdrew into the desert (Jn 11:54), as the Onom. (s. v. Ephron) speaks of a villa praegrandis Ephraea nomine (Ἐφρα̈́́ι in Euseb.), although the distance given there, viz., twenty Roman miles to the north of Jerusalem, reaches far beyond the limits of Benjamin.
Josh 18:24
Chephar-haammonai and Ophni are only mentioned here, and are still unknown. Gaba, or Geba of Benjamin (1Kings 13:16; 3Kings 15:22) which was given up to the Levites (Josh 21:17; 1Chron 6:45), was in the neighbourhood of Ramah (3Kings 15:22; 2Chron 16:6). It is mentioned in 4Kings 23:8; Zech 14:10, as the northern boundary of the kingdom of Judah, and was still inhabited after the captivity (Neh 7:30). It is a different place from Gibea, and is not to be found, as I formerly supposed, in the Moslem village of Jibia, by the Wady el Jib, between Beitin and Sinjil (Rob. iii. p. 80), but in the small village of Jeba, which is lying half in ruins, and where there are relics of antiquity, three-quarters of an hour to the north-east of er-Rm (Ramah), and about three hours to the north of Jerusalem, upon a height from which there is an extensive prospect (vid., Rob. ii. pp. 113ff.). This eastern group also included the two other towns Anathoth and Almon (Josh 21:18), which were given up by Benjamin to the Levites. Anathoth, the home of the prophet Jeremiah (Jer 1:1; Jer 11:21.), which was still inhabited by Benjaminites after the captivity (Neh 11:32), is the present village of Anta, where there are ruins of great antiquity, an hour and a quarter to the north of Jerusalem (Rob. ii. pp. 109ff.). Almon, called Allemeth in 1Chron 6:45, has been preserved in the ruins of Almt (Rob. Bibl. Res. pp. 287ff.), or el-Mid (Tobler, Denkbl. p. 631), on the south-east of Anta.
Josh 18:25-28
The second group of fourteen towns in the western portion of Benjamin. - Josh 18:25. Gibeon, the present Jib: see at Josh 9:3. Ramah, in the neighbourhood of Gibeah and Geba (Judg 19:13; Is 10:29; 3Kings 15:17; Ezra 2:26), most probably the Ramah of Samuel (1Kings 1:19; 1Kings 2:11; 1Kings 25:1; 1Kings 28:3), is the present village of er-Rm, upon a mountain with ruins between Gibeon and Geba, half an hour to the west of the latter, two hours to the north of Jerusalem (see Rob. ii. p. 315). Beeroth, the present Bireh: see at Josh 9:17.
Josh 18:26-27
Mizpeh, commonly called Mizpah, where the war with Benjamin was decided upon (Judg 20-21), and where Samuel judged the people, and chose Saul as king (1Kings 7:5., Josh 10:17), was afterwards the seat of the Babylonian governor Gedaliah (4Kings 25:23; Jer 40:6.). According to the Onom. (s. v. Massepha), it was near Kirjath-jearim, and Robinson (ii. p. 139) is no doubt correct in supposing it to be the present Neby Samvil (i.e., prophet Samuel), an hour and a quarter to the east of Kureyet Enab (Kirjath-jearim), two hours to the north-west of Jerusalem, half an hour to the south of Gibeon, a place which stands like a watch-tower upon the highest point in the whole region, and with a mosque, once a Latin church, which is believed alike by Jews, Christians, and Mahometans to cover the tomb of the prophet Samuel (see Rob. ii. pp. 135ff.). Chephirah, i.e., Kefir: see at Josh 9:17. Mozah is only mentioned here, and is still unknown. Josh 18:27. This also applies to Rekem, Irpeel, and Taralah.
Josh 18:28
Zelah, the burial-place of Saul and his family (2Kings 21:14), is otherwise unknown. Gibeath or Gibeah, i.e., Gibeah of Benjamin, which was destroyed by the other tribes of Israel in the time of the judges, on account of the flagrant crime which had been committed there (Judg 19-20), is also called Gibeah of Saul, as being the home and capital of Saul (1Kings 10:26; 1Kings 11:4, etc.), and was situated, according to Judg 19:13 and Is 10:29, between Jerusalem and Ramah, according to Josephus (Bell. Jud. v. 2, 1, 8) about twenty or thirty stadia from Jerusalem. These statements point to the Tell or Tuleil el Phul, i.e., bean-mountain, a conical peak about an hour from Jerusalem, on the road to er-Rm, with a large heap of stones upon the top, probably the ruins of a town that was built of unhewn stones, from which there is a very extensive prospect in all directions (Rob. ii. p. 317). Consequently modern writers have very naturally agreed in the conclusion, that the ancient Gibeah of Benjamin or Saul was situated either by the side of or upon this Tell (see Rob. Bibl. Res. p. 286; Strauss, Sinai, etc., p. 331, ed. 6; v. Raumer, Pal. p. 196). Kirjath has not yet been discovered, and must not be confounded with Kirjath-jearim, which belonged to the tribe of Judah (Josh 18:14; cf. Josh 15:60).
Geneva 1599
18:11 And the lot of the tribe of the children of Benjamin came up according to their families: and the coast of their lot came forth (i) between the children of Judah and the children of Joseph.
(i) Their inheritance bordered on Judah and Joseph.
John Gill
18:11 And the lot of the tribe of the children of Benjamin came up according to their families,.... This was the first lot of the seven that came up; it was but a small lot, and therefore called "little Benjamin", Ps 68:27; but the land was very pleasant and fruitful. Josephus (h) says, this lot was very strait, because of the goodness of the soil, for it took in Jericho, and the city of Jerusalem:
and the coast of their lot came forth between the children of Judah and the children of Joseph; having Judah on the south, and Joseph on the north; this was so ordered by the providence of God, that Benjamin should lie close to Joseph, being own brothers, and the only children of Rachel, Jacob's beloved wife; and that it should be next to Judah, with whom it was to unite, both in religious and civil affairs, and both met in and had a part of Jerusalem, the metropolis of Israel; and this lot fell exactly according to the prediction of Moses, and the order of it, who places Benjamin between Judah and Joseph, the tribe of Levi having no share in the division of the land, Deut 33:7.
(h) Antiqu. l. 5. c. 1. sect. 22.
John Wesley
18:11 And the children of Joseph - Wherein we see the wisdom of Divine Providence, this being the only place in which that prophecy, Deut 33:12, could have been accomplished. Providence cast Benjamin next to Joseph on the one hand, because Benjamin was own and only brother to Joseph, and next to Judah on the other hand, that this tribe might hereafter unite with Judah, in an adherence to the throne of David, and the temple at Jerusalem.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
18:11 the lot of . . . Benjamin came up--It has been supposed that there were two urns or vessels, from which the lots were drawn: one containing the names of the tribes, the other containing those of the seven portions; and that the two were drawn out simultaneously.
the coast of their lot came forth between the children of Judah and the children of Joseph--Thus the prophecy of Moses respecting the inheritance of Benjamin was remarkably accomplished. (See on Deut 33:12).
18:1218:12: Եւ եղեն սահմանք նոցա ՚ի հիւսւսոյ Յորդանանու. եւ ամբարձցին սահմանքն ՚ի հարաւոյ Երեքոյի ընդ հիւսւսի, եւ ամբարձցին ՚ի լեառնն ընդ ծովակողմն. եւ եղիցին նորա ելք Մաբդարայինն Բեթաւան.
12. Նրանց սահմանները եղան Յորդանան գետի հիւսիսից, որոնք Երիքովի հարաւից բարձրանում են դէպի հիւսիս, ելնում են լերան վրայ դէպի ծովի կողմը, եւ նրանց վերջը հասնում է մինչեւ Բեթաւանի Մաբդարա բնակավայրը.
12 Անոնց հիւսիսային կողմի սահմանը Յորդանանէն եղաւ ու այս սահմանը հիւսիսային կողմէն Երիքովի քով կ’ելլէ եւ դէպի արեւմուտք լեռը վեր կ’ելլէ ու Բեթաւանի անապատին մէջ կը վերջանայ։
Եւ եղեն սահմանք նոցա ի հիւսիսոյ [322]Յորդանանու. եւ ամբարձցին սահմանք [323]ի հարաւոյ Երեքոյի ընդ հիւսիսի, եւ ամբարձցին ի լեառնն ընդ ծովակողմն, եւ եղիցին նորա ելք [324]Մաբդարայինն Բեթաւան:

18:12: Եւ եղեն սահմանք նոցա ՚ի հիւսւսոյ Յորդանանու. եւ ամբարձցին սահմանքն ՚ի հարաւոյ Երեքոյի ընդ հիւսւսի, եւ ամբարձցին ՚ի լեառնն ընդ ծովակողմն. եւ եղիցին նորա ելք Մաբդարայինն Բեթաւան.
12. Նրանց սահմանները եղան Յորդանան գետի հիւսիսից, որոնք Երիքովի հարաւից բարձրանում են դէպի հիւսիս, ելնում են լերան վրայ դէպի ծովի կողմը, եւ նրանց վերջը հասնում է մինչեւ Բեթաւանի Մաբդարա բնակավայրը.
12 Անոնց հիւսիսային կողմի սահմանը Յորդանանէն եղաւ ու այս սահմանը հիւսիսային կողմէն Երիքովի քով կ’ելլէ եւ դէպի արեւմուտք լեռը վեր կ’ելլէ ու Բեթաւանի անապատին մէջ կը վերջանայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:1212: предел их на северной стороне начинается у Иордана, и проходит предел сей подле Иерихона с севера, и восходит на гору к западу, и оканчивается в пустыне Бефавен;
18:12 καὶ και and; even ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become αὐτῶν αυτος he; him τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier ἀπὸ απο from; away βορρᾶ βορρας north wind ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis προσαναβήσεται προσαναβαινω step up to τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier κατὰ κατα down; by νώτου νωτος back Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho ἀπὸ απο from; away βορρᾶ βορρας north wind καὶ και and; even ἀναβήσεται αναβαινω step up; ascend ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸ ο the ὄρος ορος mountain; mount ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἡ ο the διέξοδος διεξοδος crossroad ἡ ο the Μαδβαρῖτις μαδβαριτις Baithōn; Vethon
18:12 וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֨י yᵊhˌî היה be לָהֶ֧ם lāhˈem לְ to הַ ha הַ the גְּב֛וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary לִ li לְ to פְאַ֥ת fᵊʔˌaṯ פֵּאָה corner צָפֹ֖ונָה ṣāfˌônā צָפֹון north מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan וְ wᵊ וְ and עָלָ֣ה ʕālˈā עלה ascend הַ ha הַ the גְּבוּל֩ ggᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to כֶּ֨תֶף kˌeṯef כָּתֵף shoulder יְרִיחֹ֜ו yᵊrîḥˈô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho מִ mi מִן from צָּפֹ֗ון ṣṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north וְ wᵊ וְ and עָלָ֤ה ʕālˈā עלה ascend בָ vā בְּ in † הַ the הָר֙ hˌār הַר mountain יָ֔מָּה yˈommā יָם sea וְו *wᵊ וְ and הָיוּ֙היה *hāyˌû היה be תֹּֽצְאֹתָ֔יו tˈōṣᵊʔōṯˈāʸw תֹּוצָאֹות outlets מִדְבַּ֖רָה miḏbˌarā מִדְבָּר desert בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן׃ bˌêṯ ʔˈāwen בֵּית אָוֶן Beth Aven
18:12. fuitque terminus eorum contra aquilonem ab Iordane pergens iuxta latus Hiericho septentrionalis plagae et inde contra occidentem ad montana conscendens et perveniens in solitudinem BethavenAnd their border northward was from the Jordan: going along by the side of Jericho on the north side, and thence going up westward to the mountains, and reaching to the wilderness of Bethaven,
12. And their border on the north quarter was from Jordan; and the border went up to the side of Jericho on the north, and went up through the hill country westward; and the goings out thereof were at the wilderness of Beth-aven.
18:12. And their border toward the north was from the Jordan, continuing on, near the side of Jericho in the northern region, and from there, ascending toward the west to the mountains, and extending to the wilderness of Bethaven.
18:12. And their border on the north side was from Jordan; and the border went up to the side of Jericho on the north side, and went up through the mountains westward; and the goings out thereof were at the wilderness of Bethaven.
And their border on the north side was from Jordan; and the border went up to the side of Jericho on the north side, and went up through the mountains westward; and the goings out thereof were at the wilderness of Beth- aven:

12: предел их на северной стороне начинается у Иордана, и проходит предел сей подле Иерихона с севера, и восходит на гору к западу, и оканчивается в пустыне Бефавен;
18:12
καὶ και and; even
ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
ἀπὸ απο from; away
βορρᾶ βορρας north wind
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
προσαναβήσεται προσαναβαινω step up to
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
κατὰ κατα down; by
νώτου νωτος back
Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho
ἀπὸ απο from; away
βορρᾶ βορρας north wind
καὶ και and; even
ἀναβήσεται αναβαινω step up; ascend
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸ ο the
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ο the
διέξοδος διεξοδος crossroad
ο the
Μαδβαρῖτις μαδβαριτις Baithōn; Vethon
18:12
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֨י yᵊhˌî היה be
לָהֶ֧ם lāhˈem לְ to
הַ ha הַ the
גְּב֛וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
לִ li לְ to
פְאַ֥ת fᵊʔˌaṯ פֵּאָה corner
צָפֹ֖ונָה ṣāfˌônā צָפֹון north
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֑ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָלָ֣ה ʕālˈā עלה ascend
הַ ha הַ the
גְּבוּל֩ ggᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
כֶּ֨תֶף kˌeṯef כָּתֵף shoulder
יְרִיחֹ֜ו yᵊrîḥˈô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho
מִ mi מִן from
צָּפֹ֗ון ṣṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָלָ֤ה ʕālˈā עלה ascend
בָ בְּ in
הַ the
הָר֙ hˌār הַר mountain
יָ֔מָּה yˈommā יָם sea
וְו
*wᵊ וְ and
הָיוּ֙היה
*hāyˌû היה be
תֹּֽצְאֹתָ֔יו tˈōṣᵊʔōṯˈāʸw תֹּוצָאֹות outlets
מִדְבַּ֖רָה miḏbˌarā מִדְבָּר desert
בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן׃ bˌêṯ ʔˈāwen בֵּית אָוֶן Beth Aven
18:12. fuitque terminus eorum contra aquilonem ab Iordane pergens iuxta latus Hiericho septentrionalis plagae et inde contra occidentem ad montana conscendens et perveniens in solitudinem Bethaven
And their border northward was from the Jordan: going along by the side of Jericho on the north side, and thence going up westward to the mountains, and reaching to the wilderness of Bethaven,
18:12. And their border toward the north was from the Jordan, continuing on, near the side of Jericho in the northern region, and from there, ascending toward the west to the mountains, and extending to the wilderness of Bethaven.
18:12. And their border on the north side was from Jordan; and the border went up to the side of Jericho on the north side, and went up through the mountains westward; and the goings out thereof were at the wilderness of Bethaven.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:12: The wilderness of Beth-aven - This was the same as Beth-el; but this name was not given to it till Jeroboam had fixed one of his golden calves there. Its first name signifies the house of God; its second, the house of iniquity.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:12: Jericho: Jos 2:1, Jos 3:16, Jos 6:1, Jos 16:1
the wilderness: Jos 7:2; Hos 4:15, Hos 5:8, Hos 10:5
John Gill
18:12 And their border on the north side was from Jordan,.... Which was the eastern boundary of the tribe, and hence proceeded from east to west, and formed its northern border, which is described in like manner as the lot of the children of Joseph, Josh 16:1,
and the border went up to the side of Jericho on the north side; from Jordan it went to the north of Jericho, and so took in that place, which was within the tribe of Benjamin, Josh 18:21,
and went up through the mountains westward; the mountains that were on the north of Jericho; for, as Strabo says (i), Jericho was surrounded with mountains, see Josh 2:16; through these mountains the coast went on towards the western border of the tribe:
and the goings out thereof were at the wilderness of Bethaven: a place near Bethel and Ai, to which there was a wilderness adjoining, see Josh 7:2; here ended the northern border.
(i) Geograph. l. 16. p. 525.
18:1318:13: եւ անցցեն անտի սահմանքն Ղ՚ուզայ, ՚ի թիկանց Ղ՚ուզայ ՚ի հարաւոյ կողմանէ, այն է Բեթէղ՚. եւ իջցեն սահմանքն ցԱստարովթ Ադարայ ՚ի լեռնակողմն, որ է ՚ի հարաւոյ Բեթորոնայ ներքնոյ։
13. այնտեղից անցնում են Լուզի սահմանները հարաւային կողմից, Լուզի ետեւից, այսինքն՝ Բեթէլից, եւ սահմաններն իջնում են Ադարի Աստարոթ բնակավայրը, դէպի լերան կողմը, որը Ներքին Բեթորոնի հարաւում է:
13 Սահմանը անկէ ելլելով Լուզէ կ’անցնի, Լուզին, այսինքն Բեթէլին հարաւային կողմէն. այս սահմանը Ատարօթ–Ադար կ’իջնէ, որ վարի Բեթորոնին հարաւային կողմը եղող լերանը քովն է։
եւ անցցեն անտի սահմանքն [325]Լուզայ, ի թիկանց Լուզայ ի հարաւոյ կողմանէ, այն է Բեթէլ. եւ իջցեն սահմանքն ցԱտարովթ Ադարայ ի լեռնակողմն, որ է ի հարաւոյ Բեթորոնայ ներքնոյ:

18:13: եւ անցցեն անտի սահմանքն Ղ՚ուզայ, ՚ի թիկանց Ղ՚ուզայ ՚ի հարաւոյ կողմանէ, այն է Բեթէղ՚. եւ իջցեն սահմանքն ցԱստարովթ Ադարայ ՚ի լեռնակողմն, որ է ՚ի հարաւոյ Բեթորոնայ ներքնոյ։
13. այնտեղից անցնում են Լուզի սահմանները հարաւային կողմից, Լուզի ետեւից, այսինքն՝ Բեթէլից, եւ սահմաններն իջնում են Ադարի Աստարոթ բնակավայրը, դէպի լերան կողմը, որը Ներքին Բեթորոնի հարաւում է:
13 Սահմանը անկէ ելլելով Լուզէ կ’անցնի, Լուզին, այսինքն Բեթէլին հարաւային կողմէն. այս սահմանը Ատարօթ–Ադար կ’իջնէ, որ վարի Բեթորոնին հարաւային կողմը եղող լերանը քովն է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:1313: оттуда предел идет к Лузу, к южной стороне Луза, иначе Вефиля, и нисходит предел к Атароф-Адару, к горе, которая на южной стороне Беф-Орона нижнего;
18:13 καὶ και and; even διελεύσεται διερχομαι pass through; spread ἐκεῖθεν εκειθεν from there τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier Λουζα λουζα in; on νώτου νωτος back Λουζα λουζα from; away λιβός λιψ southwest wind αὕτη ουτος this; he ἐστὶν ειμι be Βαιθηλ βαιθηλ and; even καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier Μααταρωθορεχ μααταρωθορεχ in; on τὴν ο the ὀρεινήν ορεινη who; what ἐστιν ειμι be πρὸς προς to; toward λίβα λιψ southwest wind Βαιθωρων βαιθωρων the κάτω κατω down; below
18:13 וְ wᵊ וְ and עָבַר֩ ʕāvˌar עבר pass מִ mi מִן from שָּׁ֨ם ššˌām שָׁם there הַ ha הַ the גְּב֜וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary ל֗וּזָה lˈûzā לוּז Luz אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to כֶּ֤תֶף kˈeṯef כָּתֵף shoulder ל֨וּזָה֙ lˈûzā לוּז Luz נֶ֔גְבָּה nˈeḡbā נֶגֶב south הִ֖יא hˌî הִיא she בֵּֽית־אֵ֑ל bˈêṯ-ʔˈēl בֵּית אֵל Bethel וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרַ֤ד yārˈaḏ ירד descend הַ ha הַ the גְּבוּל֙ ggᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary עַטְרֹ֣ות אַדָּ֔ר ʕaṭrˈôṯ ʔaddˈār עַטְרֹות אַדָּר Ataroth Addar עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ hā הַ the הָ֕ר hˈār הַר mountain אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] מִ mi מִן from נֶּ֥גֶב nnˌeḡev נֶגֶב south לְ lᵊ לְ to בֵית־חֹרֹ֖ון vêṯ-ḥōrˌôn בֵּית חֹורֹון Beth Horon תַּחְתֹּֽון׃ taḥtˈôn תַּחְתֹּון lower
18:13. atque pertransiens iuxta Luzam ad meridiem ipsa est Bethel descenditque in Atharothaddar in montem qui est ad meridiem Bethoron inferiorisAnd passing along southward by Luza, the same is Bethel, and it goeth down into Ataroth-addar to the mountain, that is on the south of the nether Beth-horon.
13. And the border passed along from thence to Luz, to the side of Luz ( the same is Beth-el), southward; and the border went down to Ataroth-addar, by the mountain that lieth on the south of Beth-horon the nether.
18:13. And it continues to the south beside Luz, which is Bethel. And it descends into Ataroth-addar, at the mountain which is to the south of lower Beth-horon.
18:13. And the border went over from thence toward Luz, to the side of Luz, which [is] Bethel, southward; and the border descended to Atarothadar, near the hill that [lieth] on the south side of the nether Bethhoron.
And the border went over from thence toward Luz, to the side of Luz, which [is] Beth- el, southward; and the border descended to Ataroth- adar, near the hill that [lieth] on the south side of the nether Beth- horon:

13: оттуда предел идет к Лузу, к южной стороне Луза, иначе Вефиля, и нисходит предел к Атароф-Адару, к горе, которая на южной стороне Беф-Орона нижнего;
18:13
καὶ και and; even
διελεύσεται διερχομαι pass through; spread
ἐκεῖθεν εκειθεν from there
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
Λουζα λουζα in; on
νώτου νωτος back
Λουζα λουζα from; away
λιβός λιψ southwest wind
αὕτη ουτος this; he
ἐστὶν ειμι be
Βαιθηλ βαιθηλ and; even
καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
Μααταρωθορεχ μααταρωθορεχ in; on
τὴν ο the
ὀρεινήν ορεινη who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
πρὸς προς to; toward
λίβα λιψ southwest wind
Βαιθωρων βαιθωρων the
κάτω κατω down; below
18:13
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָבַר֩ ʕāvˌar עבר pass
מִ mi מִן from
שָּׁ֨ם ššˌām שָׁם there
הַ ha הַ the
גְּב֜וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
ל֗וּזָה lˈûzā לוּז Luz
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
כֶּ֤תֶף kˈeṯef כָּתֵף shoulder
ל֨וּזָה֙ lˈûzā לוּז Luz
נֶ֔גְבָּה nˈeḡbā נֶגֶב south
הִ֖יא hˌî הִיא she
בֵּֽית־אֵ֑ל bˈêṯ-ʔˈēl בֵּית אֵל Bethel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרַ֤ד yārˈaḏ ירד descend
הַ ha הַ the
גְּבוּל֙ ggᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary
עַטְרֹ֣ות אַדָּ֔ר ʕaṭrˈôṯ ʔaddˈār עַטְרֹות אַדָּר Ataroth Addar
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ הַ the
הָ֕ר hˈār הַר mountain
אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
מִ mi מִן from
נֶּ֥גֶב nnˌeḡev נֶגֶב south
לְ lᵊ לְ to
בֵית־חֹרֹ֖ון vêṯ-ḥōrˌôn בֵּית חֹורֹון Beth Horon
תַּחְתֹּֽון׃ taḥtˈôn תַּחְתֹּון lower
18:13. atque pertransiens iuxta Luzam ad meridiem ipsa est Bethel descenditque in Atharothaddar in montem qui est ad meridiem Bethoron inferioris
And passing along southward by Luza, the same is Bethel, and it goeth down into Ataroth-addar to the mountain, that is on the south of the nether Beth-horon.
18:13. And it continues to the south beside Luz, which is Bethel. And it descends into Ataroth-addar, at the mountain which is to the south of lower Beth-horon.
18:13. And the border went over from thence toward Luz, to the side of Luz, which [is] Bethel, southward; and the border descended to Atarothadar, near the hill that [lieth] on the south side of the nether Bethhoron.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:13: side of Luz: Jos 16:2; Gen 28:19; Jdg 1:22-26
Bethhoron: Jos 10:11, Jos 16:3, Jos 21:22
Geneva 1599
18:13 And the border went over from thence toward Luz, to the side of Luz, which [is] (k) Bethel, southward; and the border descended to Atarothadar, near the hill that [lieth] on the south side of the nether Bethhoron.
(k) Which was in the tribe of Ephraim: another Bethel was in the tribe of Benjamin.
John Gill
18:13 And the border went over from thence towards Luz,.... From Bethaven, where the northern border ended, the western began, and went on to Luz:
to the side of Luz, which is Bethel, southward; that is, passed along, leaving that city to the south, which formerly was called Luz, but now Bethel, which though distinct places formerly, yet being very near, might in process of time be joined; See Gill on Josh 16:2,
and the border descended to Atarothadar, the same with Archiataroth; see Gill on Josh 16:2, and See Gill on Josh 16:5,
near the hill that lieth on the south side of the nether Bethhoron; so called to distinguish it from Bethhoron the upper, situated on an hill or mountain, Josh 16:5; this was rebuilt by Solomon, 3Kings 9:17.
18:1418:14: Եւ անցցեն սահմանքն եւ պատեսցեն առ եզե՛րբն որ հայի ընդ ծով ՚ի հարաւոյ, ՚ի լեռնէն որ հանդէպ Բեթորոնի է ընդ հարաւոյ. եւ եղիցին նորա ելք ՚ի Կարիաթբաաղ. ա՛յն է Կարիաթարիմ քաղաք որդւոցն Յուդայ. եւ ա՛յն է եզր ընդ ծովակողմն[2337], [2337] Օրինակ մի. Առ եզամբքն որ հայի ընդ։
14. Սահմաններն անցնում, պտոյտ են տալիս հարաւից ծովահայեաց ափով, այն սարից, որ հարաւում Բեթորոնի դիմացն է: Նրա վերջը հասնում է Կարիաթբաաղ, այսինքն՝ Յուդայի որդիների Կարիաթարիմ քաղաքը:
14 Այս սահմանը արեւմտեան ծայրը հասնելով, դէպի հարաւ կը դառնայ հարաւային կողմէն Բեթորոնին դիմացի լեռնէն ու կը վերջանայ Կարիաթ–Բաաղի մէջ, որ է Կարիաթարիմ, Յուդային որդիներուն քաղաքը։ Արեւմտեան ծայրը ասիկա է։
Եւ անցցեն սահմանքն եւ պատեսցեն առ եզերբն որ հայի ընդ ծով ի հարաւոյ, ի լեռնէն որ հանդէպ Բեթորոնի է ընդ հարաւոյ, եւ եղիցին նորա ելք ի Կարիաթբաաղ, այն է Կարիաթարիմ քաղաք որդւոցն Յուդայ. եւ այն է եզր ընդ ծովակողմն:

18:14: Եւ անցցեն սահմանքն եւ պատեսցեն առ եզե՛րբն որ հայի ընդ ծով ՚ի հարաւոյ, ՚ի լեռնէն որ հանդէպ Բեթորոնի է ընդ հարաւոյ. եւ եղիցին նորա ելք ՚ի Կարիաթբաաղ. ա՛յն է Կարիաթարիմ քաղաք որդւոցն Յուդայ. եւ ա՛յն է եզր ընդ ծովակողմն[2337],
[2337] Օրինակ մի. Առ եզամբքն որ հայի ընդ։
14. Սահմաններն անցնում, պտոյտ են տալիս հարաւից ծովահայեաց ափով, այն սարից, որ հարաւում Բեթորոնի դիմացն է: Նրա վերջը հասնում է Կարիաթբաաղ, այսինքն՝ Յուդայի որդիների Կարիաթարիմ քաղաքը:
14 Այս սահմանը արեւմտեան ծայրը հասնելով, դէպի հարաւ կը դառնայ հարաւային կողմէն Բեթորոնին դիմացի լեռնէն ու կը վերջանայ Կարիաթ–Բաաղի մէջ, որ է Կարիաթարիմ, Յուդային որդիներուն քաղաքը։ Արեւմտեան ծայրը ասիկա է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:1414: потом предел поворачивает и склоняется к морской стороне на юг от горы, которая на юге пред Беф-Ороном, и оканчивается у Кириаф-Ваала, иначе Кириаф-Иарима, города сынов Иудиных. Это западная сторона.
18:14 καὶ και and; even διελεύσεται διερχομαι pass through; spread τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier καὶ και and; even περιελεύσεται περιερχομαι go around ἐπὶ επι in; on τὸ ο the μέρος μερος part; in particular τὸ ο the βλέπον βλεπω look; see παρὰ παρα from; by θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea ἀπὸ απο from; away λιβὸς λιψ southwest wind ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the ὄρους ορος mountain; mount ἐπὶ επι in; on πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of Βαιθωρων βαιθωρων southwest wind καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἡ ο the διέξοδος διεξοδος crossroad εἰς εις into; for Καριαθβααλ καριαθβααλ this; he ἐστὶν ειμι be Καριαθιαριν καριαθιαριν city υἱῶν υιος son Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha τοῦτό ουτος this; he ἐστιν ειμι be τὸ ο the μέρος μερος part; in particular τὸ ο the πρὸς προς to; toward θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
18:14 וְ wᵊ וְ and תָאַ֣ר ṯāʔˈar תאר turn הַ ha הַ the גְּבוּל֩ ggᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary וְ wᵊ וְ and נָסַ֨ב nāsˌav סבב turn לִ li לְ to פְאַת־ fᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner יָ֜ם yˈom יָם sea נֶ֗גְבָּה nˈeḡbā נֶגֶב south מִן־ min- מִן from הָ hā הַ the הָר֙ hˌār הַר mountain אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵ֥י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face בֵית־חֹרֹון֮ vêṯ-ḥōrôn בֵּית חֹורֹון Beth Horon נֶגְבָּה֒ neḡbˌā נֶגֶב south וְו *wᵊ וְ and הָי֣וּהיה *hāyˈû היה be תֹֽצְאֹתָ֗יו ṯˈōṣᵊʔōṯˈāʸw תֹּוצָאֹות outlets אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to קִרְיַת־בַּ֨עַל֙ qiryaṯ-bˈaʕal קִרְיַת בַּעַל Kiriath Baal הִ֚יא ˈhî הִיא she קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים qiryˈaṯ yᵊʕārˈîm קִרְיַת יְעָרִים Kiriath Jearim עִ֖יר ʕˌîr עִיר town בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יְהוּדָ֑ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah זֹ֖את zˌōṯ זֹאת this פְּאַת־ pᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner יָֽם׃ yˈom יָם sea
18:14. et inclinatur circumiens contra mare a meridie montis qui respicit Bethoron contra africum suntque exitus eius in Cariathbaal quae vocatur et Cariathiarim urbem filiorum Iuda haec est plaga contra mare et occidentemAnd it bendeth thence going round towards the sea, south of the mountain that looketh towards Beth-horon to the southwest: and the outgoings thereof are into Cariathbaal, which is called also Cariathiarim, a city of the children of Juda This is their coast towards the sea, westward.
14. And the border was drawn and turned about on the west quarter southward, from the mountain that lieth before Beth-horon southward; and the goings out thereof were at Kirjath-baal ( the same is Kiriath-jearim), a city of the children of Judah: this was the west quarter.
18:14. And it turns aside, circling toward the sea, to the south of the mountain which looks out toward Beth-horon, toward the southwest. And its exits are toward Kiriath-baal, which is also called Kiriath-jearim, a city of the sons of Judah. This is their region, toward the sea, in the west.
18:14. And the border was drawn [thence], and compassed the corner of the sea southward, from the hill that [lieth] before Bethhoron southward; and the goings out thereof were at Kirjathbaal, which [is] Kirjathjearim, a city of the children of Judah: this [was] the west quarter.
And the border was drawn [thence], and compassed the corner of the sea southward, from the hill that [lieth] before Beth- horon southward; and the goings out thereof were at Kirjath- baal, which [is] Kirjath- jearim, a city of the children of Judah: this [was] the west quarter:

14: потом предел поворачивает и склоняется к морской стороне на юг от горы, которая на юге пред Беф-Ороном, и оканчивается у Кириаф-Ваала, иначе Кириаф-Иарима, города сынов Иудиных. Это западная сторона.
18:14
καὶ και and; even
διελεύσεται διερχομαι pass through; spread
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
καὶ και and; even
περιελεύσεται περιερχομαι go around
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὸ ο the
μέρος μερος part; in particular
τὸ ο the
βλέπον βλεπω look; see
παρὰ παρα from; by
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
ἀπὸ απο from; away
λιβὸς λιψ southwest wind
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
ὄρους ορος mountain; mount
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of
Βαιθωρων βαιθωρων southwest wind
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ο the
διέξοδος διεξοδος crossroad
εἰς εις into; for
Καριαθβααλ καριαθβααλ this; he
ἐστὶν ειμι be
Καριαθιαριν καριαθιαριν city
υἱῶν υιος son
Ιουδα ιουδα Iouda; Iutha
τοῦτό ουτος this; he
ἐστιν ειμι be
τὸ ο the
μέρος μερος part; in particular
τὸ ο the
πρὸς προς to; toward
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
18:14
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תָאַ֣ר ṯāʔˈar תאר turn
הַ ha הַ the
גְּבוּל֩ ggᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָסַ֨ב nāsˌav סבב turn
לִ li לְ to
פְאַת־ fᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner
יָ֜ם yˈom יָם sea
נֶ֗גְבָּה nˈeḡbā נֶגֶב south
מִן־ min- מִן from
הָ הַ the
הָר֙ hˌār הַר mountain
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵ֥י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
בֵית־חֹרֹון֮ vêṯ-ḥōrôn בֵּית חֹורֹון Beth Horon
נֶגְבָּה֒ neḡbˌā נֶגֶב south
וְו
*wᵊ וְ and
הָי֣וּהיה
*hāyˈû היה be
תֹֽצְאֹתָ֗יו ṯˈōṣᵊʔōṯˈāʸw תֹּוצָאֹות outlets
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
קִרְיַת־בַּ֨עַל֙ qiryaṯ-bˈaʕal קִרְיַת בַּעַל Kiriath Baal
הִ֚יא ˈhî הִיא she
קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים qiryˈaṯ yᵊʕārˈîm קִרְיַת יְעָרִים Kiriath Jearim
עִ֖יר ʕˌîr עִיר town
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יְהוּדָ֑ה yᵊhûḏˈā יְהוּדָה Judah
זֹ֖את zˌōṯ זֹאת this
פְּאַת־ pᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner
יָֽם׃ yˈom יָם sea
18:14. et inclinatur circumiens contra mare a meridie montis qui respicit Bethoron contra africum suntque exitus eius in Cariathbaal quae vocatur et Cariathiarim urbem filiorum Iuda haec est plaga contra mare et occidentem
And it bendeth thence going round towards the sea, south of the mountain that looketh towards Beth-horon to the southwest: and the outgoings thereof are into Cariathbaal, which is called also Cariathiarim, a city of the children of Juda This is their coast towards the sea, westward.
18:14. And it turns aside, circling toward the sea, to the south of the mountain which looks out toward Beth-horon, toward the southwest. And its exits are toward Kiriath-baal, which is also called Kiriath-jearim, a city of the sons of Judah. This is their region, toward the sea, in the west.
18:14. And the border was drawn [thence], and compassed the corner of the sea southward, from the hill that [lieth] before Bethhoron southward; and the goings out thereof were at Kirjathbaal, which [is] Kirjathjearim, a city of the children of Judah: this [was] the west quarter.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
14: От горы, которая возвышается пред Вефороном с южной стороны, граница поворачивала и шла к морской стороне, т. е. к западной, на юг и выходила к Кирнаф-Ваалу, который носил еще название Кириаф-Иарима (IX:17) и принадлежал Иудину колену.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:14
And compassed the corner ... - Render "and turned on the west side southward." The meaning is, that at lower Beth-horon the northern boundary-line of Benjamin curved round and ran southward - Beth-horon being its extreme westerly point.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:14: Kirjathbaal: Jos 15:9, Jos 15:60; Sa1 7:1, Sa1 7:2; Sa2 6:2; Ch1 13:5, Ch1 13:6
John Gill
18:14 And the border was drawn thence,.... From Bethhoron:
and compassed the corner of the sea southward; it is hard to say what sea is meant, or what by it. Fuller (k) conjectures, that as the Hebrews call any confluence of water a sea, as we call such a "mere", the great waters in Gibeon may be meant, Jer 41:12; for it cannot mean the Mediterranean sea, for Dan lay between Benjamin and that; and yet if a sea is meant, no other can be; wherefore it is best to render it the "west quarter", as it is in the latter part of this verse; and so the same word is translated, Josh 18:12; the "west", and not the "sea", as it sometimes is; for the border of Benjamin did not reach the sea any where; though Josephus (l) makes it to extend to it, and says, that the length of it was from the river Jordan to the sea:
the hill that lieth before Bethhoron southward; the hill that lay to the south of nether Bethhoron, as in Josh 18:13,
and the goings out thereof, the end of the western coast:
were at Kirjathbaal, which is Kirjathjearim, a city of the children of Judah; of which see Josh 15:9,
this was the west quarter; as thus described.
(k) Pisgah Sight, B. 2. c. 12. p. 251. (l) Ut supra. (Antiqu. l. 5. c. 1. sect. 22.)
John Wesley
18:14 Kirjath - jearim - The Israelites changed the name, to blot out the remembrance of Baal.
18:1518:15: եւ եզր ընդ հարաւ յեզերէ Կարիաթբաաղայ. եւ անցանեն սահմանքն ՚ի Գային, եւ ելցեն յաղբեւր ջրոցն Նափթովայ[2338]։ [2338] Օրինակ մի. Յաղբիւր ջրոյն Նափնեայ։
15. Ծովի կողմում ծայրը այս է: Իսկ հարաւային կողմում Կարիաթբաաղի ծայրից սահմաններն անցնում են Գայի եւ դուրս են գալիս դէպի Նափթովայի ջրերի աղբիւրը:
15 Հարաւային կողմը Կարիաթարիմին ծայրէն սկսելով, սահմանը դէպի արեւմուտք կ’երթայ ու Նափթովային ջուրին աղբիւրը կ’ելլէ։
Եւ եզր ընդ հարաւ յեզրէ Կարիաթարիմայ, եւ անցանեն սահմանքն [326]ի Գային, եւ ելցեն յաղբեւր ջրոցն Նափթովայ:

18:15: եւ եզր ընդ հարաւ յեզերէ Կարիաթբաաղայ. եւ անցանեն սահմանքն ՚ի Գային, եւ ելցեն յաղբեւր ջրոցն Նափթովայ[2338]։
[2338] Օրինակ մի. Յաղբիւր ջրոյն Նափնեայ։
15. Ծովի կողմում ծայրը այս է: Իսկ հարաւային կողմում Կարիաթբաաղի ծայրից սահմաններն անցնում են Գայի եւ դուրս են գալիս դէպի Նափթովայի ջրերի աղբիւրը:
15 Հարաւային կողմը Կարիաթարիմին ծայրէն սկսելով, սահմանը դէպի արեւմուտք կ’երթայ ու Նափթովային ջուրին աղբիւրը կ’ելլէ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:1515: Южною же стороною от Кириаф-Иарима идет предел к морю и доходит до источника вод Нефтоаха;
18:15 καὶ και and; even μέρος μερος part; in particular τὸ ο the πρὸς προς to; toward λίβα λιψ southwest wind ἀπὸ απο from; away μέρους μερος part; in particular Καριαθβααλ καριαθβααλ and; even διελεύσεται διερχομαι pass through; spread ὅρια οριον frontier εἰς εις into; for Γασιν γασιν in; on πηγὴν πηγη well; fountain ὕδατος υδωρ water Ναφθω ναφθω Naphthō; Naftho
18:15 וּ û וְ and פְאַת־ fᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner נֶ֕גְבָּה nˈeḡbā נֶגֶב south מִ mi מִן from קְצֵ֖ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֑ים qiryˈaṯ yᵊʕārˈîm קִרְיַת יְעָרִים Kiriath Jearim וְ wᵊ וְ and יָצָ֤א yāṣˈā יצא go out הַ ha הַ the גְּבוּל֙ ggᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary יָ֔מָּה yˈommā יָם sea וְ wᵊ וְ and יָצָ֕א yāṣˈā יצא go out אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מַעְיַ֖ן maʕyˌan מַעְיָן well מֵ֥י mˌê מַיִם water נֶפְתֹּֽוחַ׃ neftˈôₐḥ נֶפְתֹּוחַ Nephtoah
18:15. a meridie autem ex parte Cariathiarim egreditur terminus contra mare et pervenit usque ad fontem aquarum NepthoaBut on the south side the border goeth out from part of Cariathiarim towards the sea, and cometh to the fountain of the waters of Nephtoa.
15. And the south quarter was from the uttermost part of Kirjath-jearim, and the border went out westward, and went out to the fountain of the waters of Nephtoah:
18:15. But to the south, the border goes on from the part of Kiriath-jearim toward the sea, and it continues as far as the Fountain of the waters of Nephtoah.
18:15. And the south quarter [was] from the end of Kirjathjearim, and the border went out on the west, and went out to the well of waters of Nephtoah:
And the south quarter [was] from the end of Kirjath- jearim, and the border went out on the west, and went out to the well of waters of Nephtoah:

15: Южною же стороною от Кириаф-Иарима идет предел к морю и доходит до источника вод Нефтоаха;
18:15
καὶ και and; even
μέρος μερος part; in particular
τὸ ο the
πρὸς προς to; toward
λίβα λιψ southwest wind
ἀπὸ απο from; away
μέρους μερος part; in particular
Καριαθβααλ καριαθβααλ and; even
διελεύσεται διερχομαι pass through; spread
ὅρια οριον frontier
εἰς εις into; for
Γασιν γασιν in; on
πηγὴν πηγη well; fountain
ὕδατος υδωρ water
Ναφθω ναφθω Naphthō; Naftho
18:15
וּ û וְ and
פְאַת־ fᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner
נֶ֕גְבָּה nˈeḡbā נֶגֶב south
מִ mi מִן from
קְצֵ֖ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end
קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֑ים qiryˈaṯ yᵊʕārˈîm קִרְיַת יְעָרִים Kiriath Jearim
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָצָ֤א yāṣˈā יצא go out
הַ ha הַ the
גְּבוּל֙ ggᵊvûl גְּבוּל boundary
יָ֔מָּה yˈommā יָם sea
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָצָ֕א yāṣˈā יצא go out
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מַעְיַ֖ן maʕyˌan מַעְיָן well
מֵ֥י mˌê מַיִם water
נֶפְתֹּֽוחַ׃ neftˈôₐḥ נֶפְתֹּוחַ Nephtoah
18:15. a meridie autem ex parte Cariathiarim egreditur terminus contra mare et pervenit usque ad fontem aquarum Nepthoa
But on the south side the border goeth out from part of Cariathiarim towards the sea, and cometh to the fountain of the waters of Nephtoa.
18:15. But to the south, the border goes on from the part of Kiriath-jearim toward the sea, and it continues as far as the Fountain of the waters of Nephtoah.
18:15. And the south quarter [was] from the end of Kirjathjearim, and the border went out on the west, and went out to the well of waters of Nephtoah:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
15: Южная граница Вениаминова колена совпадала с северной границей Иудина, описанной в XV:5–9, с тем различием, что первая описана в направлении с запада на восток, а вторая — с востока на запад. Первая начиналась от «конца» (по еврейскому тексту «микцэ»), по греко-слав. переводу apo merouV — от части Кириаф-Иарима, т. е. от границы этого города, шла на запад (к морю) к источнику вод Нефтоаха (XV:9).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:15: Nephtoah: Jos 15:9
John Gill
18:15 And the south quarter was from the end of Kirjathjearim,.... Where the western quarter ended:
and the border went out on the west; not directly south, but somewhat westerly. It is, in the original, "the sea", and should be rendered, "from the sea", or "from the west" (m); and Jarchi confesses his ignorance, and says, I know not what sea it is; and well he might, for there was no sea here; but the Mediterranean sea, being to the west of the land of Israel, it is often used for the west in the Hebrew language, and so here:
and went out to the well of waters of Nephtoah; See Gill on Josh 15:9;
(m) "a mari", Masius; "ab occidente", Noldius, No. 1083. p. 239.
18:1618:16: Եւ իջցեն սահմանքն յեզր լերինն՝ որ է յանդիման հովտացն որդւոցն Ենովմայ, որ է մասն Ենակայ՝ Ռափայնոցն ՚ի հիւսւսի. եւ իջցեն ՚ի Գայի Ենովմայ ՚ի թիկանց Յեբուսայ ՚ի հարաւոյ. եւ իջցեն յաղբեւրն Ռովգեղայ։
16. Սահմաններն իջնում են ենոմացիների հովտի դիմացի լերան եզերքը, որ հիւսիսում Ենակի ռափայինների մասն է, եւ հարաւից, Յեբուսի ետեւից իջնում են Ենոմի Գայի բնակավայրը եւ գնում Ռոգէլի աղբիւրը:
16 Այս սահմանը Ռափայիններուն հովիտին մէջ, հիւսիսային կողմը եղող Ենովմին որդիին ձորին դիմացի լերանը եզերքը կ’իջնէ ու Յեբուսին քովէն դէպի հարաւ Ենովմին ձորէն իջնելով Ռովգելին աղբիւրը կ’իջնէ
Եւ իջցեն սահմանքն յեզր լերինն որ է յանդիման հովտացն որդւոցն Ենովմայ, որ է մասն Ենակայ. Ռափայնոցն, ի հիւսիսի. եւ իջցեն [327]ի Գայի Ենովմայ ի թիկանց Յեբուսայ ի հարաւոյ, եւ իջցեն յաղբեւրն Ռովգելայ:

18:16: Եւ իջցեն սահմանքն յեզր լերինն՝ որ է յանդիման հովտացն որդւոցն Ենովմայ, որ է մասն Ենակայ՝ Ռափայնոցն ՚ի հիւսւսի. եւ իջցեն ՚ի Գայի Ենովմայ ՚ի թիկանց Յեբուսայ ՚ի հարաւոյ. եւ իջցեն յաղբեւրն Ռովգեղայ։
16. Սահմաններն իջնում են ենոմացիների հովտի դիմացի լերան եզերքը, որ հիւսիսում Ենակի ռափայինների մասն է, եւ հարաւից, Յեբուսի ետեւից իջնում են Ենոմի Գայի բնակավայրը եւ գնում Ռոգէլի աղբիւրը:
16 Այս սահմանը Ռափայիններուն հովիտին մէջ, հիւսիսային կողմը եղող Ենովմին որդիին ձորին դիմացի լերանը եզերքը կ’իջնէ ու Յեբուսին քովէն դէպի հարաւ Ենովմին ձորէն իջնելով Ռովգելին աղբիւրը կ’իջնէ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:1616: потом предел нисходит к концу горы, которая пред долиною сына Енномова, на долине Рефаимов, к северу, и нисходит долиною Еннома к южной стороне Иевуса, и идет к Ен-Рогелу;
18:16 καὶ και and; even καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier ἐπὶ επι in; on μέρους μερος part; in particular τοῦ ο the ὄρους ορος mountain; mount ὅ ος who; what ἐστιν ειμι be κατὰ κατα down; by πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of νάπης ναπη who; what ἐστιν ειμι be ἐκ εκ from; out of μέρους μερος part; in particular Εμεκραφαϊν εμεκραφαιν from; away βορρᾶ βορρας north wind καὶ και and; even καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend Γαιεννα γαιεννα in; on νώτου νωτος back Ιεβουσαι ιεβουσαι from; away λιβὸς λιψ southwest wind καὶ και and; even καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend ἐπὶ επι in; on πηγὴν πηγη well; fountain Ρωγηλ ρωγηλ Rōgēl; Rhoyil
18:16 וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרַ֨ד yārˌaḏ ירד descend הַ ha הַ the גְּב֜וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to קְצֵ֣ה qᵊṣˈē קָצֶה end הָ hā הַ the הָ֗ר hˈār הַר mountain אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵי֙ pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face גֵּ֣י gˈê גַּיְא valley בֶן־הִנֹּ֔ם ven-hinnˈōm בֶּן הִנֹּם the Valley of Ben Hinnom אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵ֥מֶק ʕˌēmeq עֵמֶק valley רְפָאִ֖ים rᵊfāʔˌîm רְפָאִים [valley] צָפֹ֑ונָה ṣāfˈônā צָפֹון north וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרַד֩ yārˌaḏ ירד descend גֵּ֨י gˌê גַּיְא valley הִנֹּ֜ם hinnˈōm הִנֹּם Hinnom אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to כֶּ֤תֶף kˈeṯef כָּתֵף shoulder הַ ha הַ the יְבוּסִי֙ yᵊvûsˌî יְבוּסִי Jebusite נֶ֔גְבָּה nˈeḡbā נֶגֶב south וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרַ֖ד yārˌaḏ ירד descend עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל׃ ʕˌên rōḡˈēl עֵין רֹגֵל En Rogel
18:16. descenditque in partem montis qui respicit vallem filiorum Ennom et est contra septentrionalem plagam in extrema parte vallis Rafaim descenditque Gehennom id est vallis Ennom iuxta latus Iebusei ad austrum et pervenit ad fontem RogelAnd it goeth down to that part of the mountain that looketh on the valley of the children of Ennom: and is over against the north quarter in the furthermost part of the valley of Raphaim, and it goeth down into Geennom (that is the valley of Ennom) by the side of the Jebusite to the south: and cometh to the fountain of Rogel,
16. and the border went down to the uttermost part of the mountain that lieth before the valley of the son of Hinnom, which is in the vale of Rephaim northward; and it went down to the valley of Hinnom, to the side of the Jebusite southward, and went down to En-rogel;
18:16. And it descends to that part of the mountain which looks out toward the Valley of the sons of Hinnom. And it is opposite the northern region, in the furthest part of the Valley of the Rephaim. And it descends into Geennom, (that is, the Valley of Hinnom,) near the side of the Jebusite toward the south. And it extends to the Fountain of Rogel,
18:16. And the border came down to the end of the mountain that [lieth] before the valley of the son of Hinnom, [and] which [is] in the valley of the giants on the north, and descended to the valley of Hinnom, to the side of Jebusi on the south, and descended to Enrogel,
And the border came down to the end of the mountain that [lieth] before the valley of the son of Hinnom, [and] which [is] in the valley of the giants on the north, and descended to the valley of Hinnom, to the side of Jebusi on the south, and descended to En- rogel:

16: потом предел нисходит к концу горы, которая пред долиною сына Енномова, на долине Рефаимов, к северу, и нисходит долиною Еннома к южной стороне Иевуса, и идет к Ен-Рогелу;
18:16
καὶ και and; even
καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
ἐπὶ επι in; on
μέρους μερος part; in particular
τοῦ ο the
ὄρους ορος mountain; mount
ος who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
κατὰ κατα down; by
πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of
νάπης ναπη who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἐκ εκ from; out of
μέρους μερος part; in particular
Εμεκραφαϊν εμεκραφαιν from; away
βορρᾶ βορρας north wind
καὶ και and; even
καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend
Γαιεννα γαιεννα in; on
νώτου νωτος back
Ιεβουσαι ιεβουσαι from; away
λιβὸς λιψ southwest wind
καὶ και and; even
καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πηγὴν πηγη well; fountain
Ρωγηλ ρωγηλ Rōgēl; Rhoyil
18:16
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרַ֨ד yārˌaḏ ירד descend
הַ ha הַ the
גְּב֜וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
קְצֵ֣ה qᵊṣˈē קָצֶה end
הָ הַ the
הָ֗ר hˈār הַר mountain
אֲשֶׁר֙ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵי֙ pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
גֵּ֣י gˈê גַּיְא valley
בֶן־הִנֹּ֔ם ven-hinnˈōm בֶּן הִנֹּם the Valley of Ben Hinnom
אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵ֥מֶק ʕˌēmeq עֵמֶק valley
רְפָאִ֖ים rᵊfāʔˌîm רְפָאִים [valley]
צָפֹ֑ונָה ṣāfˈônā צָפֹון north
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרַד֩ yārˌaḏ ירד descend
גֵּ֨י gˌê גַּיְא valley
הִנֹּ֜ם hinnˈōm הִנֹּם Hinnom
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
כֶּ֤תֶף kˈeṯef כָּתֵף shoulder
הַ ha הַ the
יְבוּסִי֙ yᵊvûsˌî יְבוּסִי Jebusite
נֶ֔גְבָּה nˈeḡbā נֶגֶב south
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרַ֖ד yārˌaḏ ירד descend
עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל׃ ʕˌên rōḡˈēl עֵין רֹגֵל En Rogel
18:16. descenditque in partem montis qui respicit vallem filiorum Ennom et est contra septentrionalem plagam in extrema parte vallis Rafaim descenditque Gehennom id est vallis Ennom iuxta latus Iebusei ad austrum et pervenit ad fontem Rogel
And it goeth down to that part of the mountain that looketh on the valley of the children of Ennom: and is over against the north quarter in the furthermost part of the valley of Raphaim, and it goeth down into Geennom (that is the valley of Ennom) by the side of the Jebusite to the south: and cometh to the fountain of Rogel,
18:16. And it descends to that part of the mountain which looks out toward the Valley of the sons of Hinnom. And it is opposite the northern region, in the furthest part of the Valley of the Rephaim. And it descends into Geennom, (that is, the Valley of Hinnom,) near the side of the Jebusite toward the south. And it extends to the Fountain of Rogel,
18:16. And the border came down to the end of the mountain that [lieth] before the valley of the son of Hinnom, [and] which [is] in the valley of the giants on the north, and descended to the valley of Hinnom, to the side of Jebusi on the south, and descended to Enrogel,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
16-19: Отсюда граница нисходила к концу горы, которая пред долиною сына Енномова, на северном конце долины Рефаимов (XV:8), далее спускалась в долину Еннома по южной стороне Иевуса, к источнику Ен-Рогел, и т. д. см. XV:7–5.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:16: To the side of Jebusi - The mountain of Zion, that was near Jerusalem; for Jebusi, or Jebus, was the ancient name of this city.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:16: the valley of the son: Jos 15:8; Kg2 23:10; Ch2 28:3, Ch2 33:6; Isa 30:33; Jer 7:31, Jer 7:32, Jer 19:2, Jer 19:6, Jer 19:11; Jer 32:35
the valley of the giants: See note on Jos 15:8. Jos 18:16; Ch1 14:9
Jebusi: Mount zion, south of Jerusalem; for Jebusi or Jebus was the ancient name of that city. Jos 18:28, Jos 15:63; Jdg 1:8, Jdg 1:21, Jdg 19:10
Enrogel: Jos 15:7; Sa2 17:17; Kg1 1:9
John Gill
18:16 And the border came down,.... In the description of the border of Judah, hereabout, it is said to go up, Josh 15:5; because there, as Jarchi observes, the measure was from east to west, but here from west to east:
to the end of the mountain that lieth before the valley of the son of Hinnom; this south border of Benjamin is the same with the north border of Judah; and the same places are mentioned in the description of the one as of the other, see Josh 15:8. The mountain is Mount Moriah,
and which is in the valley of the giants on the north; on the north of the valley of Rephaim:
and descended to the valley of Hinnom; the border from the end of Mount Moriah to that valley:
to the side of Jebusi on the south; to the south side of Jerusalem, having that city on the south:
and descended to Enrogel; of which See Gill on Josh 15:7.
John Wesley
18:16 The end of the mountain - The place where the mountain ends, and the valley begins. Before the valley - That is, in the prospect of that valley. In the valley on the north - Which extends unto this other valley on the north - side of it. Of Jebusi - To that part where the Jebusites lived, which was in and near Jerusalem.
18:1718:17: Եւ հատցեն ընդ հիւսւսի, եւ անցցեն յաղբեւրն ՚ի Բեթսամիւս[2339], [2339] Ոմանք. Յաղբիւրն ՚ի Սամիր։
17. Հիւսիսից կտրում անցնում են Բեթսամիւսի աղբիւրը, գնում են Եդոմինի զառիվերի դիմացը գտնուող Գալիլոթ, իջնում են մինչեւ Ռուբէնի որդու Բաան վէմը.
17 Եւ հիւսիսային կողմէն նշան կտրելով Ենսամիւս կ’ելլէ ու անկէ Եդովմինին զառիվերին դէմ եղող Գալիլովթ կ’ելլէ եւ Ռուբէնեան Բաանին վէմը կ’իջնէ.
եւ հատցեն ընդ հիւսիսի, եւ անցցեն յաղբեւրն ի Սամիւս, եւ պատեսցին առ Գալիլովթաւ, որ է հանդէպ զառիվերին Եդովմինեայ. եւ իջցեն ի վէմն Բաան, որդւոյ Ռուբենի:

18:17: Եւ հատցեն ընդ հիւսւսի, եւ անցցեն յաղբեւրն ՚ի Բեթսամիւս[2339],
[2339] Ոմանք. Յաղբիւրն ՚ի Սամիր։
17. Հիւսիսից կտրում անցնում են Բեթսամիւսի աղբիւրը, գնում են Եդոմինի զառիվերի դիմացը գտնուող Գալիլոթ, իջնում են մինչեւ Ռուբէնի որդու Բաան վէմը.
17 Եւ հիւսիսային կողմէն նշան կտրելով Ենսամիւս կ’ելլէ ու անկէ Եդովմինին զառիվերին դէմ եղող Գալիլովթ կ’ելլէ եւ Ռուբէնեան Բաանին վէմը կ’իջնէ.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:1717: потом поворачивает от севера и идет к Ен-Шемешу, и идет к Гелилофу, который против возвышенности Адуммима, и нисходит к камню Богана, сына Рувимова;
18:17 καὶ και and; even διελεύσεται διερχομαι pass through; spread ἐπὶ επι in; on πηγὴν πηγη well; fountain Βαιθσαμυς βαιθσαμυς and; even παρελεύσεται παρερχομαι pass; transgress ἐπὶ επι in; on Γαλιλωθ γαλιλωθ who; what ἐστιν ειμι be ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary πρὸς προς to; toward ἀνάβασιν αναβασις and; even καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend ἐπὶ επι in; on λίθον λιθος stone Βαιων βαιων son Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
18:17 וְ wᵊ וְ and תָאַ֣ר ṯāʔˈar תאר turn מִ mi מִן from צָּפֹ֗ון ṣṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north וְ wᵊ וְ and יָצָא֙ yāṣˌā יצא go out עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶשׁ ʕˈên šˈemeš עֵין שֶׁמֶשׁ En Shemesh וְ wᵊ וְ and יָצָא֙ yāṣˌā יצא go out אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to גְּלִילֹ֔ות gᵊlîlˈôṯ גְּלִילֹות Geliloth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] נֹ֖כַח nˌōḵaḥ נֹכַח straightness מַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֑ים maʕᵃlˈē ʔᵃḏummˈîm מַעֲלֵה אֲדֻמִּים the Pass of Adummim וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרַ֕ד yārˈaḏ ירד descend אֶ֥בֶן ʔˌeven אֶבֶן stone בֹּ֖הַן bˌōhan בֹּהַן Bohan בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son רְאוּבֵֽן׃ rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
18:17. transiens ad aquilonem et egrediens ad Aensemes id est fontem SolisPassing thence to the north, and going out to Ensemes, that is to say, the fountain of the sun:
17. and it was drawn on the north, and went out at En-shemesh, and went out to Geliloth, which is over against the ascent of Adummim; and it went down to the stone of Bohan the son of Reuben;
18:17. crossing from there to the north, and going out to En-Shemesh, that is, to the Fountain of the Sun.
18:17. And was drawn from the north, and went forth to Enshemesh, and went forth toward Geliloth, which [is] over against the going up of Adummim, and descended to the stone of Bohan the son of Reuben,
And was drawn from the north, and went forth to En- shemesh, and went forth toward Geliloth, which [is] over against the going up of Adummim, and descended to the stone of Bohan the son of Reuben:

17: потом поворачивает от севера и идет к Ен-Шемешу, и идет к Гелилофу, который против возвышенности Адуммима, и нисходит к камню Богана, сына Рувимова;
18:17
καὶ και and; even
διελεύσεται διερχομαι pass through; spread
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πηγὴν πηγη well; fountain
Βαιθσαμυς βαιθσαμυς and; even
παρελεύσεται παρερχομαι pass; transgress
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Γαλιλωθ γαλιλωθ who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary
πρὸς προς to; toward
ἀνάβασιν αναβασις and; even
καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend
ἐπὶ επι in; on
λίθον λιθος stone
Βαιων βαιων son
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
18:17
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תָאַ֣ר ṯāʔˈar תאר turn
מִ mi מִן from
צָּפֹ֗ון ṣṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָצָא֙ yāṣˌā יצא go out
עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶשׁ ʕˈên šˈemeš עֵין שֶׁמֶשׁ En Shemesh
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָצָא֙ yāṣˌā יצא go out
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
גְּלִילֹ֔ות gᵊlîlˈôṯ גְּלִילֹות Geliloth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נֹ֖כַח nˌōḵaḥ נֹכַח straightness
מַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֑ים maʕᵃlˈē ʔᵃḏummˈîm מַעֲלֵה אֲדֻמִּים the Pass of Adummim
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרַ֕ד yārˈaḏ ירד descend
אֶ֥בֶן ʔˌeven אֶבֶן stone
בֹּ֖הַן bˌōhan בֹּהַן Bohan
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵֽן׃ rᵊʔûvˈēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
18:17. transiens ad aquilonem et egrediens ad Aensemes id est fontem Solis
Passing thence to the north, and going out to Ensemes, that is to say, the fountain of the sun:
18:17. crossing from there to the north, and going out to En-Shemesh, that is, to the Fountain of the Sun.
18:17. And was drawn from the north, and went forth to Enshemesh, and went forth toward Geliloth, which [is] over against the going up of Adummim, and descended to the stone of Bohan the son of Reuben,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:17: En-shemesh - The fountain of the sun; a proof of the idolatrous nature of the ancient inhabitants of this land.
Geliloth - As the word signifies borders or limits, it is probably not the proper name of a place: And went forth towards the Borders which are over against the ascent to Adummim.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:17: Enshemesh: The fountain of the Sun; whether a town, or simply a fountain, is uncertain.
Geliloth: Geliloth is probably the same as Gilgal; though as the word may signify border or limits, some think that it is probably not the proper name of a place: "And went forth towards the borders which are over against the ascent to Adummim." Others render Geliloth circuits or roundings, or the hills about Jordan, tumuli Jordanis. Vulgate: pertransit usque ad tumulos.
the stone: Jos 15:6
Geneva 1599
18:17 And was drawn from the north, and went forth to (l) Enshemesh, and went forth toward Geliloth, which [is] over against the going up of Adummim, and descended to the stone of Bohan the son of Reuben,
(l) Which is in the tribe of Ephraim.
John Gill
18:17 And was drawn from the north,.... Turning northward, and looking that way from the west to the east:
and went forth to Enshemesh; or the fountain of the sun, see Josh 15:7,
and went forth toward Geliloth; called Gilgal, Josh 15:7,
which is over against the going up to Adummim; a place between Jerusalem and Jericho, see Josh 15:7,
and descended to the stone of Bohan the son of Reuben; see Josh 15:6.
18:1818:18: եւ պատեսցին առ Գալիլովթաւ. որ է հանդէպ զառիվերին Եդովմինեայ. եւ իջցեն ՚ի վէմն Բաան, որդւոյ Ռուբինի, եւ անցցեն ՚ի թիկանց Բեթարաբա ՚ի հիւսւսոյ. եւ իջցեն յԱրաբիա[2340]. [2340] Ոմանք. Եւ պատեսցեն առ Գալիլովթայ... ՚ի վէմն Բաամ որդւոցն Ռուբ՛՛։ Ոսկան յաւելու. Եւ իջցեն ՚ի Արաբայ։ (19) Անտի անցցէ սահմանքն։
18. Բեթարաբայի թիկունքից անցնում են հիւսիս եւ իջնում Արաբա:
18 Ետքը Արաբային դիմացի կողմէն դէպի հիւսիս անցնելով Արաբա կ’իջնէ.
եւ անցցեն ի թիկանց [328]Բեթարաբայ ի հիւսիսոյ, եւ իջցեն յԱրաբա:

18:18: եւ պատեսցին առ Գալիլովթաւ. որ է հանդէպ զառիվերին Եդովմինեայ. եւ իջցեն ՚ի վէմն Բաան, որդւոյ Ռուբինի, եւ անցցեն ՚ի թիկանց Բեթարաբա ՚ի հիւսւսոյ. եւ իջցեն յԱրաբիա[2340].
[2340] Ոմանք. Եւ պատեսցեն առ Գալիլովթայ... ՚ի վէմն Բաամ որդւոցն Ռուբ՛՛։ Ոսկան յաւելու. Եւ իջցեն ՚ի Արաբայ։ (19) Անտի անցցէ սահմանքն։
18. Բեթարաբայի թիկունքից անցնում են հիւսիս եւ իջնում Արաբա:
18 Ետքը Արաբային դիմացի կողմէն դէպի հիւսիս անցնելով Արաբա կ’իջնէ.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:1818: потом проходит близ равнины к северу и нисходит на равнину;
18:18 καὶ και and; even διελεύσεται διερχομαι pass through; spread κατὰ κατα down; by νώτου νωτος back Βαιθαραβα βαιθαραβα from; away βορρᾶ βορρας north wind καὶ και and; even καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend
18:18 וְ wᵊ וְ and עָבַ֛ר ʕāvˈar עבר pass אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to כֶּ֥תֶף kˌeṯef כָּתֵף shoulder מוּל־ mûl- מוּל front הָֽ hˈā הַ the עֲרָבָ֖ה ʕᵃrāvˌā עֲרָבָה desert צָפֹ֑ונָה ṣāfˈônā צָפֹון north וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרַ֖ד yārˌaḏ ירד descend הָ hā הַ the עֲרָבָֽתָה׃ ʕᵃrāvˈāṯā עֲרָבָה desert
18:18. et pertransit usque ad tumulos qui sunt e regione ascensus Adommim descenditque ad Abenboen id est lapidem Boen filii Ruben et pertransit ex latere aquilonis ad campestria descenditque in planitiemAnd It passeth along to the hills that are over against the ascent of Adommim: and it goeth down to Abenboen, that is, the stone of Boen the son of Ruben: and it passeth on the north side to the champaign countries; and goeth down Into the plain,
18. and it passed along to the side over against the Arabah northward, and went down unto the Arabah:
18:18. And it passes through to the hills that are opposite the region of the Ascent of Adummim. And it descends to Abenboen, that is, so the stone of Bohan, the son of Reuben. And it continues on, at the northern side, to the plains. And it descends into the flatlands.
18:18. And passed along toward the side over against Arabah northward, and went down unto Arabah:
And passed along toward the side over against Arabah northward, and went down unto Arabah:

18: потом проходит близ равнины к северу и нисходит на равнину;
18:18
καὶ και and; even
διελεύσεται διερχομαι pass through; spread
κατὰ κατα down; by
νώτου νωτος back
Βαιθαραβα βαιθαραβα from; away
βορρᾶ βορρας north wind
καὶ και and; even
καταβήσεται καταβαινω step down; descend
18:18
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָבַ֛ר ʕāvˈar עבר pass
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
כֶּ֥תֶף kˌeṯef כָּתֵף shoulder
מוּל־ mûl- מוּל front
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עֲרָבָ֖ה ʕᵃrāvˌā עֲרָבָה desert
צָפֹ֑ונָה ṣāfˈônā צָפֹון north
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרַ֖ד yārˌaḏ ירד descend
הָ הַ the
עֲרָבָֽתָה׃ ʕᵃrāvˈāṯā עֲרָבָה desert
18:18. et pertransit usque ad tumulos qui sunt e regione ascensus Adommim descenditque ad Abenboen id est lapidem Boen filii Ruben et pertransit ex latere aquilonis ad campestria descenditque in planitiem
And It passeth along to the hills that are over against the ascent of Adommim: and it goeth down to Abenboen, that is, the stone of Boen the son of Ruben: and it passeth on the north side to the champaign countries; and goeth down Into the plain,
18:18. And it passes through to the hills that are opposite the region of the Ascent of Adummim. And it descends to Abenboen, that is, so the stone of Bohan, the son of Reuben. And it continues on, at the northern side, to the plains. And it descends into the flatlands.
18:18. And passed along toward the side over against Arabah northward, and went down unto Arabah:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:18: Arabah: or, the plain, Jos 15:6, Jos 15:61
John Gill
18:18 And passed along toward the side over against Arabah northward,.... The same with Betharabah, Josh 15:6; and so it is called here in the Greek version:
and went down unto Arabah; the same as before, and included it, for it is mentioned among the cities of this tribe, Josh 18:22.
18:1918:19: եւ իջցեն սահմանքն ՚ի թիկանց Բեթագղայ ՚ի հիւսւսոյ ծովու. եւ եղիցին ելք սահմանացն ՚ի սա՛ր ծովուն Աղւոյ ՚ի հիւսւսոյ, եւ յեզր Յորդանանու ՚ի հարաւոյ։
19. Ապա սահմաններն անցնում են Բեթագղայի ետեւից, ծովի հիւսիսից եւ վերջանում են Աղի ծովի հիւսիսային ու Յորդանան գետի հարաւային ծայրում:
19 Ետքը այս սահմանը դէպի հիւսիս Բեթագղայի քովէն կ’անցնի ու այս սահմանը Աղի ծովուն հիւսիսային ծոցը ու Յորդանանի հարաւային ծայրը կը վերջանայ։ Հարաւային սահմանը ասիկա է։
եւ իջցեն սահմանքն ի թիկանց Բեթագղայ ի հիւսիսոյ [329]ծովու, եւ եղիցին ելք սահմանացն ի սար ծովուն Աղւոյ ի հիւսիսոյ, եւ յեզր Յորդանանու ի հարաւոյ. այս են սահմանքն նոցա ի հարաւոյ:

18:19: եւ իջցեն սահմանքն ՚ի թիկանց Բեթագղայ ՚ի հիւսւսոյ ծովու. եւ եղիցին ելք սահմանացն ՚ի սա՛ր ծովուն Աղւոյ ՚ի հիւսւսոյ, եւ յեզր Յորդանանու ՚ի հարաւոյ։
19. Ապա սահմաններն անցնում են Բեթագղայի ետեւից, ծովի հիւսիսից եւ վերջանում են Աղի ծովի հիւսիսային ու Յորդանան գետի հարաւային ծայրում:
19 Ետքը այս սահմանը դէպի հիւսիս Բեթագղայի քովէն կ’անցնի ու այս սահմանը Աղի ծովուն հիւսիսային ծոցը ու Յորդանանի հարաւային ծայրը կը վերջանայ։ Հարաւային սահմանը ասիկա է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:1919: отсюда проходит предел подле Беф-Хоглы к северу, и оканчивается предел у северного залива моря Соленого, у южного конца Иордана. Вот предел южный. С восточной же стороны пределом служит Иордан.
18:19 ἐπὶ επι in; on τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier ἐπὶ επι in; on νώτου νωτος back Βαιθαγλα βαιθαγλα from; away βορρᾶ βορρας north wind καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be ἡ ο the διέξοδος διεξοδος crossroad τῶν ο the ὁρίων οριον frontier ἐπὶ επι in; on λοφιὰν λοφια the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea τῶν ο the ἁλῶν αλς salt ἐπὶ επι in; on βορρᾶν βορρας north wind εἰς εις into; for μέρος μερος part; in particular τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἀπὸ απο from; away λιβός λιψ southwest wind ταῦτα ουτος this; he τὰ ο the ὅριά οριον frontier ἐστιν ειμι be ἀπὸ απο from; away λιβός λιψ southwest wind
18:19 וְ wᵊ וְ and עָבַ֨ר ʕāvˌar עבר pass הַ ha הַ the גְּב֜וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to כֶּ֣תֶף kˈeṯef כָּתֵף shoulder בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ bêṯ-ḥoḡlā בֵּית חָגְלָה Beth Hoglah צָפֹונָה֒ ṣāfônˌā צָפֹון north וְו *wᵊ וְ and הָי֣וּהיה *hāyˈû היה be תֹּצְאֹ֣ותתצאותיו *tōṣᵊʔˈôṯ תֹּוצָאֹות outlets הַ ha הַ the גְּב֗וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to לְשֹׁ֤ון lᵊšˈôn לָשֹׁון tongue יָם־ yom- יָם sea הַ ha הַ the מֶּ֨לַח֙ mmˈelaḥ מֶלַח salt צָפֹ֔ונָה ṣāfˈônā צָפֹון north אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to קְצֵ֥ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan נֶ֑גְבָּה nˈeḡbā נֶגֶב south זֶ֖ה zˌeh זֶה this גְּב֥וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary נֶֽגֶב׃ nˈeḡev נֶגֶב south
18:19. et praetergreditur contra aquilonem Bethagla suntque exitus eius contra linguam maris Salsissimi ab aquilone in fine Iordanis ad australem plagamAnd it passeth by Bethhagla northward: and the outgoings thereof are towards the north of the most salt sea at the south end of the Jordan.
19. and the border passed along to the side of Beth-hoglah northward: and the goings out of the border were at the north bay of the Salt Sea, at the south end of Jordan: this was the south border.
18:19. And it advances before Beth-hoglah, to the north. And its exits are to the north, opposite the bay of the very salty sea, in the southern region at the end of the Jordan,
18:19. And the border passed along to the side of Bethhoglah northward: and the outgoings of the border were at the north bay of the salt sea at the south end of Jordan: this [was] the south coast.
And the border passed along to the side of Beth- hoglah northward: and the outgoings of the border were at the north bay of the salt sea at the south end of Jordan: this [was] the south coast:

19: отсюда проходит предел подле Беф-Хоглы к северу, и оканчивается предел у северного залива моря Соленого, у южного конца Иордана. Вот предел южный. С восточной же стороны пределом служит Иордан.
18:19
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
ἐπὶ επι in; on
νώτου νωτος back
Βαιθαγλα βαιθαγλα from; away
βορρᾶ βορρας north wind
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
ο the
διέξοδος διεξοδος crossroad
τῶν ο the
ὁρίων οριον frontier
ἐπὶ επι in; on
λοφιὰν λοφια the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
τῶν ο the
ἁλῶν αλς salt
ἐπὶ επι in; on
βορρᾶν βορρας north wind
εἰς εις into; for
μέρος μερος part; in particular
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἀπὸ απο from; away
λιβός λιψ southwest wind
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
τὰ ο the
ὅριά οριον frontier
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἀπὸ απο from; away
λιβός λιψ southwest wind
18:19
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָבַ֨ר ʕāvˌar עבר pass
הַ ha הַ the
גְּב֜וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
כֶּ֣תֶף kˈeṯef כָּתֵף shoulder
בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ bêṯ-ḥoḡlā בֵּית חָגְלָה Beth Hoglah
צָפֹונָה֒ ṣāfônˌā צָפֹון north
וְו
*wᵊ וְ and
הָי֣וּהיה
*hāyˈû היה be
תֹּצְאֹ֣ותתצאותיו
*tōṣᵊʔˈôṯ תֹּוצָאֹות outlets
הַ ha הַ the
גְּב֗וּל ggᵊvˈûl גְּבוּל boundary
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
לְשֹׁ֤ון lᵊšˈôn לָשֹׁון tongue
יָם־ yom- יָם sea
הַ ha הַ the
מֶּ֨לַח֙ mmˈelaḥ מֶלַח salt
צָפֹ֔ונָה ṣāfˈônā צָפֹון north
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
קְצֵ֥ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
נֶ֑גְבָּה nˈeḡbā נֶגֶב south
זֶ֖ה zˌeh זֶה this
גְּב֥וּל gᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary
נֶֽגֶב׃ nˈeḡev נֶגֶב south
18:19. et praetergreditur contra aquilonem Bethagla suntque exitus eius contra linguam maris Salsissimi ab aquilone in fine Iordanis ad australem plagam
And it passeth by Bethhagla northward: and the outgoings thereof are towards the north of the most salt sea at the south end of the Jordan.
18:19. And it advances before Beth-hoglah, to the north. And its exits are to the north, opposite the bay of the very salty sea, in the southern region at the end of the Jordan,
18:19. And the border passed along to the side of Bethhoglah northward: and the outgoings of the border were at the north bay of the salt sea at the south end of Jordan: this [was] the south coast.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:19: The north bay of the Salt Sea - As the word לשון leshon signifies the tongue, it may here refer to the point of the Dead or Salt Sea. Of these tongues or points it had two, one on the north, and the other on the south.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:19: bay: Heb. tongue, Jos 15:2 *marg. Isa 11:15
the salt: Jos 3:16, Jos 12:3; Gen 14:3, Gen 19:25; Num 34:3; Deu 3:17
this was the: The borders of this tribe on the north were the same as those of Ephraim on the south, and his southern boundaries the same as the northern borders of Judah; but drawn from west to east, instead of from east to west (Jos 15:1-12; Jos 16:1). As the inheritance of Benjamin did not extend to the Mediterranean sea, and no other sea or lake is known to have been in those parts, perhaps this depression, "compassed the corner of the sea southward," (Jos 18:14), should be rendered, "made a circuit on the side next the sea towards the south;" for it seems to connect the northern border, in the preceding verses, with the southern which follows.
Geneva 1599
18:19 And the border passed along to the side of Bethhoglah northward: and the outgoings of the border were at the north bay of the salt sea at the south (m) end of Jordan: this [was] the south coast.
(m) To the very straight, where the river runs into the Salt sea.
John Gill
18:19 And the border passed along to the side of Bethhoglah northward,.... Inclining somewhat toward the north, but not leaving the city to the north, for it is included in the lot of Benjamin, Josh 18:21; of which place see Josh 15:6,
and the outgoings of the border were at the north bay of the salt sea; here ended the southern border of Benjamin, even at the bay or creek of the salt sea, which looked northward, as the southern border of Judah began at that bay of it, which looked southward, Josh 15:2,
at the south end of Jordan; where it fell into the salt sea:
this was the south coast; as before described.
18:2018:20: Ա՛յս են սահմանք նոցա ՚ի հարաւոյ, եւ Յորդանան զատուցանէ ՚ի կողմանէ արեւելից։ Ա՛յս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Բենիամինի. եւ սահմանք նոցա շուրջանակի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց։
20. Այս է նրանց սահմանը հարաւից. իսկ արեւելեան կողմի սահմանը Յորդանան գետն է: Այս է Բենիամինի որդիների ժառանգութիւնը, եւ սրանք են նրանց սահմանները շուրջանակի՝ ըստ իրենց տոհմերի:
20 Արեւելեան կողմի սահմանը Յորդանանն է։ Բենիամինին որդիներուն ժառանգութիւնը շուրջանակի իր սահմաններովը անոնց տոհմերուն համեմատ ասիկա է։
Եւ Յորդանան զատուցանէ ի կողմանէ արեւելից: Այս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Բենիամինի, եւ սահմանք նոցա շուրջանակի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց:

18:20: Ա՛յս են սահմանք նոցա ՚ի հարաւոյ, եւ Յորդանան զատուցանէ ՚ի կողմանէ արեւելից։ Ա՛յս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Բենիամինի. եւ սահմանք նոցա շուրջանակի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց։
20. Այս է նրանց սահմանը հարաւից. իսկ արեւելեան կողմի սահմանը Յորդանան գետն է: Այս է Բենիամինի որդիների ժառանգութիւնը, եւ սրանք են նրանց սահմանները շուրջանակի՝ ըստ իրենց տոհմերի:
20 Արեւելեան կողմի սահմանը Յորդանանն է։ Բենիամինին որդիներուն ժառանգութիւնը շուրջանակի իր սահմաններովը անոնց տոհմերուն համեմատ ասիկա է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:2020: Вот удел сынов Вениаминовых, с пределами его со всех сторон, по племенам их.
18:20 καὶ και and; even ὁ ο the Ιορδάνης ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ὁριεῖ οριζω appoint; mark out ἀπὸ απο from; away μέρους μερος part; in particular ἀνατολῶν ανατολη springing up; east αὕτη ουτος this; he ἡ ο the κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance υἱῶν υιος son Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin τὰ ο the ὅρια οριον frontier αὐτῆς αυτος he; him κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle κατὰ κατα down; by δήμους δημος public
18:20 וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֥ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan יִגְבֹּל־ yiḡbōl- גבל set border אֹתֹ֖ו ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker] לִ li לְ to פְאַת־ fᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner קֵ֑דְמָה qˈēḏᵊmā קֶדֶם front זֹ֡את zˈōṯ זֹאת this נַחֲלַת֩ naḥᵃlˌaṯ נַחֲלָה heritage בְּנֵ֨י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son בִנְיָמִ֧ן vinyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin לִ li לְ to גְבֽוּלֹתֶ֛יהָ ḡᵊvˈûlōṯˈeʸhā גְּבוּלָה boundary סָבִ֖יב sāvˌîv סָבִיב surrounding לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
18:20. qui est terminus illius ab oriente haec est possessio filiorum Beniamin per terminos suos in circuitu et familias singulasWhich is the border of it on the east side. This is the possession of the children of Benjamin by their borders round about, and their families.
20. And Jordan was the border of it on the east quarter. This was the inheritance of the children of Benjamin, by the borders thereof round about, according to their families.
18:20. which is its border to the east. This is the possession of the sons of Benjamin, with their borders all around, and by their families.
18:20. And Jordan was the border of it on the east side. This [was] the inheritance of the children of Benjamin, by the coasts thereof round about, according to their families.
And Jordan was the border of it on the east side. This [was] the inheritance of the children of Benjamin, by the coasts thereof round about, according to their families:

20: Вот удел сынов Вениаминовых, с пределами его со всех сторон, по племенам их.
18:20
καὶ και and; even
ο the
Ιορδάνης ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ὁριεῖ οριζω appoint; mark out
ἀπὸ απο from; away
μέρους μερος part; in particular
ἀνατολῶν ανατολη springing up; east
αὕτη ουτος this; he
ο the
κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance
υἱῶν υιος son
Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
τὰ ο the
ὅρια οριον frontier
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
κύκλῳ κυκλω circling; in a circle
κατὰ κατα down; by
δήμους δημος public
18:20
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֥ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
יִגְבֹּל־ yiḡbōl- גבל set border
אֹתֹ֖ו ʔōṯˌô אֵת [object marker]
לִ li לְ to
פְאַת־ fᵊʔaṯ- פֵּאָה corner
קֵ֑דְמָה qˈēḏᵊmā קֶדֶם front
זֹ֡את zˈōṯ זֹאת this
נַחֲלַת֩ naḥᵃlˌaṯ נַחֲלָה heritage
בְּנֵ֨י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
בִנְיָמִ֧ן vinyāmˈin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
לִ li לְ to
גְבֽוּלֹתֶ֛יהָ ḡᵊvˈûlōṯˈeʸhā גְּבוּלָה boundary
סָבִ֖יב sāvˌîv סָבִיב surrounding
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ mišpᵊḥōṯˈām מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
18:20. qui est terminus illius ab oriente haec est possessio filiorum Beniamin per terminos suos in circuitu et familias singulas
Which is the border of it on the east side. This is the possession of the children of Benjamin by their borders round about, and their families.
18:20. which is its border to the east. This is the possession of the sons of Benjamin, with their borders all around, and by their families.
18:20. And Jordan was the border of it on the east side. This [was] the inheritance of the children of Benjamin, by the coasts thereof round about, according to their families.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:20: Jos 18:11
John Gill
18:20 And Jordan was the border of it on the east side,.... It had Jordan on the east, Dan on the west, Judah on the south, and Joseph or Ephraim on the north:
this was the inheritance of the children of Benjamin, by the coasts thereof round about, according to their families; this is the general description of the limits of this tribe, the particular cities in it follow.
18:2118:21: Եւ եղեն քաղաքք ցեղի որդւոցն Բենիամինի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց։ ՅԵրիքով, եւ Բեթագղա, եւ Ամենգասիմ[2341], [2341] Յօրինակին. Ցեղից որդւոցն Բե՛՛... եւ ՚ի Բեթագղա։ Ոմանք. Եւ Բեթագղա, եւ Ամեկասիս։
21. Բենիամինի որդիների ցեղի քաղաքներն ըստ իրենց տոհմերի սրանք են՝ Երիքովը, Բեթագղան, Ամենգասիմը,
21 Եւ ասոնք են Բենիամինին որդիներուն ցեղին քաղաքները իրենց տոհմերուն համեմատ՝ Երիքով, Բեթագղա, Եմեկկասիս,
Եւ եղեն քաղաքք ցեղի որդւոցն Բենիամինի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց, Երիքով եւ Բեթագղա եւ Ամենգասիմ:

18:21: Եւ եղեն քաղաքք ցեղի որդւոցն Բենիամինի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց։ ՅԵրիքով, եւ Բեթագղա, եւ Ամենգասիմ[2341],
[2341] Յօրինակին. Ցեղից որդւոցն Բե՛՛... եւ ՚ի Բեթագղա։ Ոմանք. Եւ Բեթագղա, եւ Ամեկասիս։
21. Բենիամինի որդիների ցեղի քաղաքներն ըստ իրենց տոհմերի սրանք են՝ Երիքովը, Բեթագղան, Ամենգասիմը,
21 Եւ ասոնք են Բենիամինին որդիներուն ցեղին քաղաքները իրենց տոհմերուն համեմատ՝ Երիքով, Բեթագղա, Եմեկկասիս,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:2121: Города колену сынов Вениаминовых, по племенам их, принадлежали сии: Иерихон, Беф-Хогла и Емек-Кециц,
18:21 καὶ και and; even ἐγενήθησαν γινομαι happen; become αἱ ο the πόλεις πολις city τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin κατὰ κατα down; by δήμους δημος public αὐτῶν αυτος he; him Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho καὶ και and; even Βαιθεγλιω βαιθεγλιω and; even Αμεκασις αμεκασις Amekasis
18:21 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָי֣וּ hāyˈû היה be הֶֽ hˈe הַ the עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֵּ֛ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son בִנְיָמִ֖ן vinyāmˌin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפְּחֹֽותֵיהֶ֑ם mišpᵊḥˈôṯêhˈem מִשְׁפָּחָה clan יְרִיחֹ֥ו yᵊrîḥˌô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho וּ û וְ and בֵית־חָגְלָ֖ה vêṯ-ḥoḡlˌā בֵּית חָגְלָה Beth Hoglah וְ wᵊ וְ and עֵ֥מֶק ʕˌēmeq עֵמֶק valley קְצִֽיץ׃ qᵊṣˈîṣ קְצִיץ Emek Keziz
18:21. fueruntque civitates eius Hiericho et Bethagla et vallis CasisAnd their cities were, Jericho and Bethhagla and Vale-Casis,
21. Now the cities of the tribe of the children of Benjamin according to their families were Jericho, and Beth-hoglah, and Emek-keziz;
18:21. And their cities were: Jericho and Beth-hoglah and the Abrupt Valley,
18:21. Now the cities of the tribe of the children of Benjamin according to their families were Jericho, and Bethhoglah, and the valley of Keziz,
Now the cities of the tribe of the children of Benjamin according to their families were Jericho, and Beth- hoglah, and the valley of Keziz:

21: Города колену сынов Вениаминовых, по племенам их, принадлежали сии: Иерихон, Беф-Хогла и Емек-Кециц,
18:21
καὶ και and; even
ἐγενήθησαν γινομαι happen; become
αἱ ο the
πόλεις πολις city
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
κατὰ κατα down; by
δήμους δημος public
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho
καὶ και and; even
Βαιθεγλιω βαιθεγλιω and; even
Αμεκασις αμεκασις Amekasis
18:21
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָי֣וּ hāyˈû היה be
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
עָרִ֗ים ʕārˈîm עִיר town
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֵּ֛ה maṭṭˈē מַטֶּה staff
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
בִנְיָמִ֖ן vinyāmˌin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפְּחֹֽותֵיהֶ֑ם mišpᵊḥˈôṯêhˈem מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
יְרִיחֹ֥ו yᵊrîḥˌô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho
וּ û וְ and
בֵית־חָגְלָ֖ה vêṯ-ḥoḡlˌā בֵּית חָגְלָה Beth Hoglah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עֵ֥מֶק ʕˌēmeq עֵמֶק valley
קְצִֽיץ׃ qᵊṣˈîṣ קְצִיץ Emek Keziz
18:21. fueruntque civitates eius Hiericho et Bethagla et vallis Casis
And their cities were, Jericho and Bethhagla and Vale-Casis,
18:21. And their cities were: Jericho and Beth-hoglah and the Abrupt Valley,
18:21. Now the cities of the tribe of the children of Benjamin according to their families were Jericho, and Bethhoglah, and the valley of Keziz,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
21: Города, находившиеся в уделе Вениаминова колена, разделены на две группы по географическому положению их. Первую составляли 12: городов, находившихся в восточной половине удала, а именно: Иерихон (II:1), Беф-Хогла (XV:6), Емек-Кециц (по греко-cлав. переводу: Амекасис); имя этого, по-видимому, города носит в настоящее время долина между Иерусалимом и Иерихоном, к юго-востоку от источника апостолов (XV:7) [У проф. А. А. Олесницкого (Святая Земля, т. 2, 11), говорится именно о долине Каазиз, встречающейся в 20-ти минутах пути из Иерусалима в Иерихон. Название Каазиз отечественный исследователь производит однако от слова «азазел» (с. 14), а не от «Кециц».].
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:21: Now the cities - Some of these cities have been mentioned before, and described; of others we know nothing but the name.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:21
The "Valley of Keziz," or "Emek-Keziz," is perhaps the "Wady el Kaziz," at no great distance east of Jerusalem.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:21: Jericho: Jos 18:12, Jos 2:1, Jos 6:1; Luk 10:30, Luk 19:1
Bethhoglah: Jos 18:19, Jos 15:6
John Gill
18:21 Now the cities of the tribe of the children of Benjamin,
according to their families, were Jericho,.... Which though destroyed, and not to be rebuilt as a city, was yet a place inhabited, and in future times was rebuilt, and in great splendour, and continued to the time of Christ; of which see Josh 2:1,
and Bethhoglah, where or near to which was the threshing floor of Atad, at which lamentation was made for Jacob; see Gill on Gen 1:10, and See Gill on Josh 15:6,
and the valley of Keziz; or Emekkeziz; so the Greek version calls it Amecasis: it is highly probable it was in the valley or plain of Jericho, and perhaps might have its name from the incision of the balsam tree there; which, as Pliny (n) says, was cut with glass or a stone, or with knives made of bone; if cut with iron, it kills it.
(n) Nat. Hist. l. 12. c. 25.
John Wesley
18:21 Jericho - For tho' the city was destroyed, the territory remained.
18:2218:22: եւ Բեթարաբայ, եւ Սեմարիմ, եւ Բեթէղ՚.
22. Բեթարաբան, Սեմարիմը, Բեթէլը,
22 Բեթարաբա, Սեմարիմ, Բեթէլ,
եւ Բեթարաբա եւ Սեմարիմ եւ Բեթէլ եւ Աւիմ եւ Ափար եւ Ափրա:

18:22: եւ Բեթարաբայ, եւ Սեմարիմ, եւ Բեթէղ՚.
22. Բեթարաբան, Սեմարիմը, Բեթէլը,
22 Բեթարաբա, Սեմարիմ, Բեթէլ,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:2222: Беф-Арава, Цемараим и Вефиль,
18:22 καὶ και and; even Βαιθαβαρα βηθαβαρα Bēthabara; Vithavara καὶ και and; even Σαρα σαρα and; even Βησανα βησανα Bēsana; Visana
18:22 וּ û וְ and בֵ֧ית הָֽעֲרָבָ֛ה vˈêṯ hˈāʕᵃrāvˈā בֵּית הָעֲרָבָה Beth Arabah וּ û וְ and צְמָרַ֖יִם ṣᵊmārˌayim צְמָרַיִם [mountain] וּ û וְ and בֵֽית־אֵֽל׃ vˈêṯ-ʔˈēl בֵּית אֵל Bethel
18:22. Betharaba et Semaraim et BethelBetharaba and Samaraim and Bethel,
22. and Beth-arabah, and Zemaraim, and Beth-el;
18:22. Beth-arabah and Zemaraim and Bethel,
18:22. And Betharabah, and Zemaraim, and Bethel,
And Beth- arabah, and Zemaraim, and Beth- el:

22: Беф-Арава, Цемараим и Вефиль,
18:22
καὶ και and; even
Βαιθαβαρα βηθαβαρα Bēthabara; Vithavara
καὶ και and; even
Σαρα σαρα and; even
Βησανα βησανα Bēsana; Visana
18:22
וּ û וְ and
בֵ֧ית הָֽעֲרָבָ֛ה vˈêṯ hˈāʕᵃrāvˈā בֵּית הָעֲרָבָה Beth Arabah
וּ û וְ and
צְמָרַ֖יִם ṣᵊmārˌayim צְמָרַיִם [mountain]
וּ û וְ and
בֵֽית־אֵֽל׃ vˈêṯ-ʔˈēl בֵּית אֵל Bethel
18:22. Betharaba et Semaraim et Bethel
Betharaba and Samaraim and Bethel,
18:22. Beth-arabah and Zemaraim and Bethel,
18:22. And Betharabah, and Zemaraim, and Bethel,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
22: Беф-арава; см. XV:6, 61, в последнем месте этот город причислен к Иудину колену. Цемараим, по греко-слав. переводу Семрим, одними указывается на месте развалин «Самра», на пути из Иерусалима в Иерихон [Проф. А. А. Олесницкий, Там же, с. 17–18.], другими на горе Цемараимской, одной из гор Ефремовых (2: Пар ХIII:4), Вефиль (VII:2).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:22
Zemaraim, i. e. "two wooded hills," is supposed to be the ruins called "Es-Sumrah," on the road from Jerusalem to Jericho.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:22: Betharabah: Jos 18:18, Jos 15:6
Zemaraim: Gen 10:18; Ch2 13:4
Bethel: Kg1 12:29-32
John Gill
18:22 And Betharabah,.... Of the first of these; see Gill on Josh 15:6,
and Zemaraim; one of the sons of Canaan was named Zemira, Gen 10:18; by whom this city Zemaraim might be built, or however have its name given it, in memory of him; there was a mountain of this name in the tribe of Ephraim, near to which this city might be, 2Chron 13:4.
and Bethel; of the last of these; see Gill on Josh 7:2.
18:2318:23: եւ Աւիմ, եւ Ափար, եւ Արփա[2342]. [2342] Ոմանք. Եւ Ասփար, եւ Ափրա։
23. Աւիմը, Ափարը, Արփան,
23 Աւիմ, Փարա, Եփրա,
եւ Կարեմ եւ Քափերամին եւ Գաբաա:

18:23: եւ Աւիմ, եւ Ափար, եւ Արփա[2342].
[2342] Ոմանք. Եւ Ասփար, եւ Ափրա։
23. Աւիմը, Ափարը, Արփան,
23 Աւիմ, Փարա, Եփրա,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:2323: Аввим, Фара и Офра,
18:23 καὶ και and; even Αιιν αιιν and; even Φαρα φαρα and; even Εφραθα εφραθα Ephratha; Efratha
18:23 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the עַוִּ֥ים ʕawwˌîm עַוִּים Avvim וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the פָּרָ֖ה ppārˌā פָּרָה Parah וְ wᵊ וְ and עָפְרָֽה׃ ʕofrˈā עָפְרָה Ophrah
18:23. Avim et Affara et OfraAnd Avim and Aphara and Ophera,
23. and Avvim, and Parah, and Ophrah;
18:23. and Avvim and Parah and Ophrah,
18:23. And Avim, and Parah, and Ophrah,
And Avim, and Parah, and Ophrah:

23: Аввим, Фара и Офра,
18:23
καὶ και and; even
Αιιν αιιν and; even
Φαρα φαρα and; even
Εφραθα εφραθα Ephratha; Efratha
18:23
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
עַוִּ֥ים ʕawwˌîm עַוִּים Avvim
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
פָּרָ֖ה ppārˌā פָּרָה Parah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָפְרָֽה׃ ʕofrˈā עָפְרָה Ophrah
18:23. Avim et Affara et Ofra
And Avim and Aphara and Ophera,
18:23. and Avvim and Parah and Ophrah,
18:23. And Avim, and Parah, and Ophrah,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
23: Авим неизвестен по своему положению. Фара указывается на месте развалин, носящем то же название, в вади Фара, к юго-западу от Иерихона, в 3-х часах пути от него и стольких же от Иерусалима. Офра у Евсевия и Иеронима указана в 5-ти рим. милях на восток от Вефиля; местом этой Офры, отличной от Офры Гедеона в Манассиином колене (Суд VI:11), признается деревня Ет-Таийгебэ с развалинами древней крепости на вершине холма, к северо-востоку от Вефиля.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:23
Ophrah (Jos 15:9 note), to be distinguished here and in Sa1 13:17 from the Ophrah of Jdg 6:11, is probably the Ephrain of Ch2 13:19, and the Ephraim of Joh 11:54. It is conjecturally identified with "Et-Taiyibeh," on the road from Jerusalem to Bethel.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:23: Ophrah: Situated, according to Eusebius, five miles east of Bethel. Sa1 13:17
John Gill
18:23 And Avim, and Parah,.... Of the two first of these we read nowhere else:
and Ophrah is not the same with Ophrah in Judg 6:11; that belonged to the tribe of Manasseh, but rather that which was in the land of Shuah, 1Kings 13:17. Jerom calls this place Aphrah, in the tribe of Benjamin, and says (o), in his time there was a village called Effrem, five miles from Bethel to the east, which very probably is the same with this.
(o) De loc. Heb. fol. 88. H.
18:2418:24: եւ Կարեմ, եւ Քափերամին, եւ Գաբաա[2343]. [2343] Ոմանք. Եւ Կարիմ, կամ՝ Կարեն։
24. Կարեմը, Քափերամինը եւ Գարաան. տասներկու քաղաքներ եւ նրանց աւանները,
24 Քեփարամոննա, Հոփնի ու Գաբա. տասներկու քաղաք ու անոնց գիւղերը։
քաղաքք երկոտասան եւ աւանք նոցա:

18:24: եւ Կարեմ, եւ Քափերամին, եւ Գաբաա[2343].
[2343] Ոմանք. Եւ Կարիմ, կամ՝ Կարեն։
24. Կարեմը, Քափերամինը եւ Գարաան. տասներկու քաղաքներ եւ նրանց աւանները,
24 Քեփարամոննա, Հոփնի ու Գաբա. տասներկու քաղաք ու անոնց գիւղերը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:2424: Кефар-Аммонай, Афни и Гева: двенадцать городов с их селами.
18:24 καὶ και and; even Καραφα καραφα and; even Κεφιρα κεφιρα and; even Μονι μονι and; even Γαβαα γαβαα city δέκα δεκα ten δύο δυο two καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the κῶμαι κωμη village αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
18:24 וּ û וְ and כְפַ֧ר ḵᵊfˈar כָּפָר village הָֽה *hˈā הַ the עַמֹּנָ֛העמני *ʕammōnˈā עַמֹּנָה Ammoni וְ wᵊ וְ and הָֽ hˈā הַ the עָפְנִ֖י ʕofnˌî עָפְנִי Ophni וָ wā וְ and גָ֑בַע ḡˈāvaʕ גֶּבַע Geba עָרִ֥ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town שְׁתֵּים־ šᵊttêm- שְׁנַיִם two עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה ʕeśrˌē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen וְ wᵊ וְ and חַצְרֵיהֶֽן׃ ḥaṣrêhˈen חָצֵר court
18:24. villa Emona et Ofni et Gabee civitates duodecim et villae earumThe town Emona and Ophni and Gabee: twelve cities, and their villages.
24. and Chephar-ammoni, and Ophni, and Geba; twelve cities with their villages:
18:24. the town of Ammoni, and Ophni, and Geba: twelve cities, and their villages;
18:24. And Chepharhaammonai, and Ophni, and Gaba; twelve cities with their villages:
And Chephar- haammonai, and Ophni, and Gaba; twelve cities with their villages:

24: Кефар-Аммонай, Афни и Гева: двенадцать городов с их селами.
18:24
καὶ και and; even
Καραφα καραφα and; even
Κεφιρα κεφιρα and; even
Μονι μονι and; even
Γαβαα γαβαα city
δέκα δεκα ten
δύο δυο two
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
κῶμαι κωμη village
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
18:24
וּ û וְ and
כְפַ֧ר ḵᵊfˈar כָּפָר village
הָֽה
*hˈā הַ the
עַמֹּנָ֛העמני
*ʕammōnˈā עַמֹּנָה Ammoni
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
עָפְנִ֖י ʕofnˌî עָפְנִי Ophni
וָ וְ and
גָ֑בַע ḡˈāvaʕ גֶּבַע Geba
עָרִ֥ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
שְׁתֵּים־ šᵊttêm- שְׁנַיִם two
עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה ʕeśrˌē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חַצְרֵיהֶֽן׃ ḥaṣrêhˈen חָצֵר court
18:24. villa Emona et Ofni et Gabee civitates duodecim et villae earum
The town Emona and Ophni and Gabee: twelve cities, and their villages.
18:24. the town of Ammoni, and Ophni, and Geba: twelve cities, and their villages;
18:24. And Chepharhaammonai, and Ophni, and Gaba; twelve cities with their villages:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
24: Из названных здесь трех городов известно положение последнего — Гева (а греко-слав. переводе Гаваа), который находился на месте нынешней деревни Джебы, расположенной на высоком холме, покрытом развалинами, в 2: 1/2: часах пути к северо-востоку от Иерусалима.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:24: And Gaba - Supposed to be the same as Gibeah of Saul, a place famous for having given birth to the first king of Israel; and infamous for the shocking act towards the Levite's wife, mentioned Jdg 19:16-30, which was the cause of a war in which the tribe of Benjamin was nearly exterminated. Judges 20:29-48.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:24
Gaba - This name, like Gibeah, Gibeon, etc. Jos 9:3, indicates a town placed on a hill, and occurs repeatedly in various forms in the topography of Palestine. Gaba is the Gibeah (if Sa1 13:15-16; Sa1 14:5, where the Hebrew has גבע Geba‛, which is undoubtedly the correct reading throughout. The city was one of those assigned to the Levites Jos 21:17, and lay on the northern border of Judah. It is identified with the modern "Jeba," lying on the side of a deep ravine opposite to Michmash ("Mukhmas"). The famous "Gibeah of Saul," or "Giheah of Benjamin" (the Gibeath of Jos 18:28) lay at no great distance southwest of Geba, on the high road from Jerusalem to Bethel, and is probably to be looked for in the lofty and isolated "Tulcil-el-Ful."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:24: Ophni: Probably the same as Gophna (ע being often pronounced as G); which, according to Josephus, was about fifteen miles from Jerusalem, towards Shechem, says Eusebius (Onom. in φαραγξ βοτρους.)
Gaba: Gaba or Geba, according to Josephus, was not far from Rama, forty stadia from Jerusalem, and, according to Eusebius, five miles from Gophna, towards Shechem. Jos 21:17; Ezr 2:26; Neh 7:30
John Gill
18:24 And Chepharhaammonai, and Ophni,.... Of the two first of these no mention is made elsewhere:
and Gaba is the same with Gibeah, a well known place, because of the foul fact committed there, which had like to have been the ruin of this tribe, Judg 19:14; and for being the native place of King Saul, hence called "Gibeah of Saul", 1Kings 11:4; it was about six or seven miles from Jerusalem; see Gill on Hos 5:8; twelve cities with their villages; which agrees with the account of them.
18:2518:25: քաղաքք երկոտասան եւ աւանք նոցա։
25. Գաբաւոնը, Ռամման, Բերոթը,
25 Գաբաւոն, Ռամա, Բերովթ,
Գաբաւոն եւ Ռամմա եւ Բերովթ:

18:25: քաղաքք երկոտասան եւ աւանք նոցա։
25. Գաբաւոնը, Ռամման, Բերոթը,
25 Գաբաւոն, Ռամա, Բերովթ,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:2525: Гаваон, Рама и Бероф,
18:25 Γαβαων γαβαων and; even Ραμα ραμα Ramah καὶ και and; even Βεηρωθα βεηρωθα Beērōtha; Virotha
18:25 גִּבְעֹ֥ון givʕˌôn גִּבְעֹון Gibeon וְ wᵊ וְ and הָֽ hˈā הַ the רָמָ֖ה rāmˌā רָמָה Ramah וּ û וְ and בְאֵרֹֽות׃ vᵊʔērˈôṯ בְּאֵרֹות Beeroth
18:25. Gabaon et Rama et BerothGabam and Rama and Beroth,
25. Gibeon, and Ramah, and Beeroth;
18:25. Gibeon and Ramah and Beeroth,
18:25. Gibeon, and Ramah, and Beeroth,
Gibeon, and Ramah, and Beeroth:

25: Гаваон, Рама и Бероф,
18:25
Γαβαων γαβαων and; even
Ραμα ραμα Ramah
καὶ και and; even
Βεηρωθα βεηρωθα Beērōtha; Virotha
18:25
גִּבְעֹ֥ון givʕˌôn גִּבְעֹון Gibeon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
רָמָ֖ה rāmˌā רָמָה Ramah
וּ û וְ and
בְאֵרֹֽות׃ vᵊʔērˈôṯ בְּאֵרֹות Beeroth
18:25. Gabaon et Rama et Beroth
Gabam and Rama and Beroth,
25. Gibeon, and Ramah, and Beeroth;
18:25. Gibeon and Ramah and Beeroth,
18:25. Gibeon, and Ramah, and Beeroth,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
25: Вторую группу городов Вениаминова колена составляли 14, находившихся вообще в западной половине удела. Из них о Гаваоне см. IX:3. Рама находилась, по Суд XIX:11–14, на север от Иерусалима, по Евсевию, в 6-ти рим. милях от него; согласно с этим, местом его признается селение Ер-Рам, на высоком холма, с развалинами храма и башни, в 2-х часах пути на север от Иерусалима. Эта Рама была тождественна, по всей вероятности, с Рамафаим-Цофим или Рамой, местом рождения и жительства пророка Самуила (1: Цар I:1, 19; VII:17: и д.). Относительно Бероф см. IX:17.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:25: Gibeon - See before, Jos 10:1-14 (note). This place is famous for the confederacy of the five kings against Israel, and their miraculous defeat. Ramah, a place about six or eight miles north of Jerusalem. Beeroth, i.e., wells; one of the four cities which belonged to the Gibeonites, who made peace with the Israelites by stratagem. See Jos 9:3-15.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:25
Ramah - i. e. "lofty;" probably the native town and abode of Samuel Sa1 1:19; Sa1 25:1. Its exact site is uncertain.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:25: Gibeon: Jos 9:17, Jos 10:2; Kg1 3:4, Kg1 3:5, Kg1 9:2; Isa 28:21
Ramah: Situated, according to Eusebius, six miles from Jerusalem towards Bethel; though Jerome places it near Gaba, seven miles from Jerusalem. Sa1 1:1, Ramathaim-zophim, Jos 7:17, Jos 15:34; Jer 31:15; Mat 27:57, Arimathea
Beeroth: Eusebius says Beeroth was seven miles from Jerusalem, towards Nicopolis or Emmaus. Jerome, however, reads Neapolis or Shechem; but Reland prefers the former.
John Gill
18:25 Gibeon,.... Gibeon is the place from whence the Gibeonites came, who deceived Joshua, Josh 9:3. Jerom says (p), in his time there was a village shown of this name, four miles from Bethel to the east, near Ramah, next mentioned:
and Ramah, which Jerom relates (q) was six miles from Aelia or Jerusalem to the north, against Bethel. Rauwolff, a traveller in those parts, says (r), that the town of Rama is situated on an ascent, in plain fields, which extend themselves for two leagues to the hill of the city of Jerusalem; these fields are very fruitful and well tilled, and sown with corn, cotton, and Indian millet; the town is pretty large, but very open, like unto a village, very pitifully built, where one may still see here and there some signs of old buildings:
and Beeroth was a city that belonged to the Gibeonites, Josh 9:17; and Jerom says (s), in his time was shown the village, seven miles from Aelia or Jerusalem, as you go to Neapolis or Shechem.
(p) De loc. Heb. fol. 92. A. (q) Ibid. fol. 94. B. (r) Travels, par. 3. c. 1. p. 215. Ed. Ray. (s) Vid. Reland. Palestin. Illustrat. tom. 2. p. 618.
18:2618:26: Գաբաւոն, եւ Ռամմա, եւ Բերովթ,
26. Մասփան, Կեփիրան, Ամուսան,
26 Մասփա, Կեփիրա, Մոսա,
եւ Մասփա եւ Կեփիրա եւ Ամուսա:

18:26: Գաբաւոն, եւ Ռամմա, եւ Բերովթ,
26. Մասփան, Կեփիրան, Ամուսան,
26 Մասփա, Կեփիրա, Մոսա,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:2626: Мицфе, Кефира и Моца,
18:26 καὶ και and; even Μασσημα μασσημα and; even Μιρων μιρων and; even Αμωκη αμωκη Amōkē; Amoki
18:26 וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מִּצְפֶּ֥ה mmiṣpˌeh מִצְפֶּה Mizpeh וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the כְּפִירָ֖ה kkᵊfîrˌā כְּפִירָה Kephirah וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the מֹּצָֽה׃ mmōṣˈā מֹצָה Mozah
18:26. et Mesfe Cafera et AmmosaAnd Mesphe, and Caphara, and Amosa,
26. and Mizpeh, and Chephirah, and Mozah;
18:26. and Mizpeh and Chephirah and Mozah,
18:26. And Mizpeh, and Chephirah, and Mozah,
And Mizpeh, and Chephirah, and Mozah:

26: Мицфе, Кефира и Моца,
18:26
καὶ και and; even
Μασσημα μασσημα and; even
Μιρων μιρων and; even
Αμωκη αμωκη Amōkē; Amoki
18:26
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מִּצְפֶּ֥ה mmiṣpˌeh מִצְפֶּה Mizpeh
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
כְּפִירָ֖ה kkᵊfîrˌā כְּפִירָה Kephirah
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
מֹּצָֽה׃ mmōṣˈā מֹצָה Mozah
18:26. et Mesfe Cafera et Ammosa
And Mesphe, and Caphara, and Amosa,
18:26. and Mizpeh and Chephirah and Mozah,
18:26. And Mizpeh, and Chephirah, and Mozah,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
26-27: Из названных здесь 6-и городов известны по своему географическому положению только первые два. Мицфе (в слав. Библии Масфа) находился на высокой горе, носящей название Неби Самвиль («пророк Самуил»), в 2-х часах пути к северо-западу от Иерусалима, в 1/2: часе на юг от Гаваона [Описание горы Самуила см. Святая Земля, II:223: и далее; по мнению проф. А. А. Олесницкого, основывающемуся на местом предании, «гора Самуила» есть одно и то же с Рамафаим-Цофим в 1: Цар I:1: и с Евангельским Еммаусом.]. О Кефире см. IX:17.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:26: And Mizpeh - This place is celebrated in the sacred writings. Here the people were accustomed to assemble often in the presence of the Lord, as in the deliberation concerning the punishment to be inflicted on the men of Gibeah, for the abuse of the Levite's wife. Jdg 20:1-3. Samuel assembled the people here to exhort them to renounce their idolatry, Sa1 7:5, Sa1 7:6. In this same place Saul was chosen to be king, Sa1 10:17. It was deemed a sacred place among the Israelites; for we find, from 1 Maccabees 3:46, that the Jews assembled here to seek God, when their enemies were in possession of the temple.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
18:26
Mizpeh - See Jos 11:3. Not the Mizpeh of Jos 15:38, but the place where Samuel judged the people and called them together for the election of a king Sa1 7:5-16; Sa1 10:17. In the Chaldaean times it was the residence of Gedaliah Kg2 25:22; Jer 40:14. Its site is identified with "Neby Samwil," about five miles northwest of Jerusalem.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:26: Mizpeh: Situated not far from Rama, forty stadia from Jerusalem. Jdg 10:17
Chephirah: Jos 9:17; Ezr 2:25
John Gill
18:26 And Mizpeh,.... Frequent mention is made of Mizpeh in Scripture; according to Fuller (t), it was about eight miles from Gibeah; it was near Ramathon, which Josephus says (u) was forty furlongs from Jerusalem:
and Chephirah was one of the cities subject to Gibeon, Josh 9:17.
and Mozah; there was a place called Motza, near to Jerusalem, where they used to go to get willows at the feast of tabernacles (w).
(t) Pisgah-Sight, B. 2. c. 12. p. 209. (u) Antiqu. l. 8. c. 12. sect. 3. (w) Misn. Succah, c. 4. sect. 5.
18:2718:27: եւ Մասփա, եւ Կեփիրա, եւ Ամուսա,
27. Ռէկէմը, Յերփայէլը, Թարաղան,
27 Ռէկեմ, Յերփայէլ, Թարաղա,
եւ Ռէկէմ եւ Յերփայէլ եւ Թարաղա:

18:27: եւ Մասփա, եւ Կեփիրա, եւ Ամուսա,
27. Ռէկէմը, Յերփայէլը, Թարաղան,
27 Ռէկեմ, Յերփայէլ, Թարաղա,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:2727: Рекем, Ирфеил и Фарала,
18:27 καὶ και and; even Φιρα φιρα and; even Καφαν καφαν and; even Νακαν νακαν and; even Σεληκαν σεληκαν and; even Θαρεηλα θαρεηλα Thareēla; Tharila
18:27 וְ wᵊ וְ and רֶ֥קֶם rˌeqem רֶקֶם Rekem וְ wᵊ וְ and יִרְפְּאֵ֖ל yirpᵊʔˌēl יִרְפְּאֵל Irpeel וְ wᵊ וְ and תַרְאֲלָֽה׃ ṯarʔᵃlˈā תַּרְאֲלָה Taralah
18:27. et Recem Iarafel et TharalaAnd Recem, Jarephel, and Tharela,
27. and Rekem, and Irpeel, and Taralah;
18:27. and Rekem, Irpeel, and Taralah,
18:27. And Rekem, and Irpeel, and Taralah,
And Rekem, and Irpeel, and Taralah:

27: Рекем, Ирфеил и Фарала,
18:27
καὶ και and; even
Φιρα φιρα and; even
Καφαν καφαν and; even
Νακαν νακαν and; even
Σεληκαν σεληκαν and; even
Θαρεηλα θαρεηλα Thareēla; Tharila
18:27
וְ wᵊ וְ and
רֶ֥קֶם rˌeqem רֶקֶם Rekem
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִרְפְּאֵ֖ל yirpᵊʔˌēl יִרְפְּאֵל Irpeel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תַרְאֲלָֽה׃ ṯarʔᵃlˈā תַּרְאֲלָה Taralah
18:27. et Recem Iarafel et Tharala
And Recem, Jarephel, and Tharela,
18:27. and Rekem, Irpeel, and Taralah,
18:27. And Rekem, and Irpeel, and Taralah,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
18:27 And Rekem, and Irpeel, and Taralah. Of these cities there is no mention made elsewhere.
18:2818:28: եւ Ռէկէմ, եւ Յերփայէլ, եւ Թարաղա.18:29: եւ Սելաղէփ, եւ Յեբուս՝ ա՛յն է Երուսաղէմ. եւ Գաբաաթ. եւ քաղաքն Արեմ. քաղաքք երկոտասան, եւ աւանք նոցա։ Ա՛յս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Բենիամինի ըստ տոհմի՛ց իւրեանց[2344]։ [2344] Բազումք. Եւ Գաբաաթ եւ Քաղաթնարեմ քաղաքք։ Ոսկան. Քաղաքք չորեքտասանք։
28. Սելալէփը, Յեբուսը, այսինքն՝ Երուսաղէմը, Գաբաաթը եւ Արեմ քաղաքը. տասներկու քաղաքներ եւ նրանց աւանները:[29]. Այս է Բենիամինի որդիների ժառանգութիւնն ըստ իրենց տոհմերի:
28 Սելա, Էլէփ, Յեբուս, այսինքն Երուսաղէմ, Գաբաաթ ու Կարիաթ։ Տասնըչորս քաղաք եւ անոնց գիւղերը։ Բենիամինին որդիներուն ժառանգութիւնը իրենց տոհմերուն համեմատ ասիկա է։
եւ Սելա, Ելէփ եւ Յեբուս` այն է Երուսաղէմ, եւ Գաբաաթ եւ քաղաքն Արեմ. քաղաքք չորեքտասան, եւ աւանք նոցա: Այս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Բենիամինի ըստ տոհմից իւրեանց:

18:28: եւ Ռէկէմ, եւ Յերփայէլ, եւ Թարաղա.

18:29: եւ Սելաղէփ, եւ Յեբուս՝ ա՛յն է Երուսաղէմ. եւ Գաբաաթ. եւ քաղաքն Արեմ. քաղաքք երկոտասան, եւ աւանք նոցա։ Ա՛յս է ժառանգութիւն որդւոցն Բենիամինի ըստ տոհմի՛ց իւրեանց[2344]։

[2344] Բազումք. Եւ Գաբաաթ եւ Քաղաթնարեմ քաղաքք։ Ոսկան. Քաղաքք չորեքտասանք։
28. Սելալէփը, Յեբուսը, այսինքն՝ Երուսաղէմը, Գաբաաթը եւ Արեմ քաղաքը. տասներկու քաղաքներ եւ նրանց աւանները:

[29]. Այս է Բենիամինի որդիների ժառանգութիւնն ըստ իրենց տոհմերի:
28 Սելա, Էլէփ, Յեբուս, այսինքն Երուսաղէմ, Գաբաաթ ու Կարիաթ։ Տասնըչորս քաղաք եւ անոնց գիւղերը։ Բենիամինին որդիներուն ժառանգութիւնը իրենց տոհմերուն համեմատ ասիկա է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
18:2828: Цела, Елеф и Иевус, иначе Иерусалим, Гивеаф и Кириаф: четырнадцать городов с их селами. Вот удел сынов Вениаминовых, по племенам их.
18:28 καὶ και and; even Ιεβους ιεβους this; he ἐστὶν ειμι be Ιερουσαλημ ιερουσαλημ Jerusalem καὶ και and; even πόλεις πολις city καὶ και and; even Γαβαωθιαριμ γαβαωθιαριμ city τρεῖς τρεις three καὶ και and; even δέκα δεκα ten καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the κῶμαι κωμη village αὐτῶν αυτος he; him αὕτη ουτος this; he ἡ ο the κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance υἱῶν υιος son Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin κατὰ κατα down; by δήμους δημος public αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
18:28 וְ wᵊ וְ and צֵלַ֡ע ṣēlˈaʕ צֵלָע Zela הָ hā הַ the אֶ֜לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף Eleph וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the יְבוּסִ֨י yᵊvûsˌî יְבוּסִי Jebusite הִ֤יא hˈî הִיא she יְרֽוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ yᵊrˈûšālˈaim יְרוּשָׁלִַם Jerusalem גִּבְעַ֣ת givʕˈaṯ גִּבְעַת Gibeath קִרְיַ֔ת qiryˈaṯ קִרְיַת Kiriath עָרִ֥ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town אַרְבַּֽע־ ʔarbˈaʕ- אַרְבַּע four עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה ʕeśrˌē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen וְ wᵊ וְ and חַצְרֵיהֶ֑ן ḥaṣrêhˈen חָצֵר court זֹ֛את zˈōṯ זֹאת this נַֽחֲלַ֥ת nˈaḥᵃlˌaṯ נַחֲלָה heritage בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son בִנְיָמִ֖ן vinyāmˌin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ פ mišpᵊḥōṯˈām . f מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
18:28. et Sela Eleph et Iebus quae est Hierusalem Gabaath et Cariath civitates quattuordecim et villae earum haec est possessio filiorum Beniamin iuxta familias suasAnd Sela, Eleph and Jebus, which is Jerusalem, Gabaath and Cariath: fourteen cities, and their villages. This is the possession of the children of Benjamin by their families.
28. and Zelah, Eleph, and the Jebusite ( the same is Jerusalem), Gibeath, Kiriath; fourteen cities with their villages. This is the inheritance of the children of Benjamin according to their families.
18:28. and Zela, Haeleph, and Jebus, which is Jerusalem, Gibeah and Kiriath: fourteen cities, and their villages. This is the possession of the sons of Benjamin, according to their families.
18:28. And Zelah, Eleph, and Jebusi, which [is] Jerusalem, Gibeath, [and] Kirjath; fourteen cities with their villages. This [is] the inheritance of the children of Benjamin according to their families.
And Zelah, Eleph, and Jebusi, which [is] Jerusalem, Gibeath, [and] Kirjath; fourteen cities with their villages. This [is] the inheritance of the children of Benjamin according to their families:

28: Цела, Елеф и Иевус, иначе Иерусалим, Гивеаф и Кириаф: четырнадцать городов с их селами. Вот удел сынов Вениаминовых, по племенам их.
18:28
καὶ και and; even
Ιεβους ιεβους this; he
ἐστὶν ειμι be
Ιερουσαλημ ιερουσαλημ Jerusalem
καὶ και and; even
πόλεις πολις city
καὶ και and; even
Γαβαωθιαριμ γαβαωθιαριμ city
τρεῖς τρεις three
καὶ και and; even
δέκα δεκα ten
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
κῶμαι κωμη village
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
αὕτη ουτος this; he
ο the
κληρονομία κληρονομια inheritance
υἱῶν υιος son
Βενιαμιν βενιαμιν Beniamin; Veniamin
κατὰ κατα down; by
δήμους δημος public
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
18:28
וְ wᵊ וְ and
צֵלַ֡ע ṣēlˈaʕ צֵלָע Zela
הָ הַ the
אֶ֜לֶף ʔˈelef אֶלֶף Eleph
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
יְבוּסִ֨י yᵊvûsˌî יְבוּסִי Jebusite
הִ֤יא hˈî הִיא she
יְרֽוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ yᵊrˈûšālˈaim יְרוּשָׁלִַם Jerusalem
גִּבְעַ֣ת givʕˈaṯ גִּבְעַת Gibeath
קִרְיַ֔ת qiryˈaṯ קִרְיַת Kiriath
עָרִ֥ים ʕārˌîm עִיר town
אַרְבַּֽע־ ʔarbˈaʕ- אַרְבַּע four
עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה ʕeśrˌē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חַצְרֵיהֶ֑ן ḥaṣrêhˈen חָצֵר court
זֹ֛את zˈōṯ זֹאת this
נַֽחֲלַ֥ת nˈaḥᵃlˌaṯ נַחֲלָה heritage
בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
בִנְיָמִ֖ן vinyāmˌin בִּנְיָמִן Benjamin
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ פ mišpᵊḥōṯˈām . f מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
18:28. et Sela Eleph et Iebus quae est Hierusalem Gabaath et Cariath civitates quattuordecim et villae earum haec est possessio filiorum Beniamin iuxta familias suas
And Sela, Eleph and Jebus, which is Jerusalem, Gabaath and Cariath: fourteen cities, and their villages. This is the possession of the children of Benjamin by their families.
18:28. and Zela, Haeleph, and Jebus, which is Jerusalem, Gibeah and Kiriath: fourteen cities, and their villages. This is the possession of the sons of Benjamin, according to their families.
18:28. And Zelah, Eleph, and Jebusi, which [is] Jerusalem, Gibeath, [and] Kirjath; fourteen cities with their villages. This [is] the inheritance of the children of Benjamin according to their families.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
28: Местоположение Целы, служившей местом погребения рода царя Саула (2: Цар XXI:14) и Елефа, неизвестно. Цела и Елеф в Алекс. и некоторых других греческ. сп. образуют одно название Shlalef или Selaelaf, как и в слав. Библии. Гивеаф, называемый в др. местах Гивой (Суд XIX:12), Гивой Вениаминовой (1: Цар XIII:2) или Гивой Сауловой (1: Цар XI:4), указывается обыкновенно на час пути к северу от Иерусалима, на высоком холме Тельель-Фуль, на вершине которого находятся развалины башни из древнего материала [По мнению проф. А. А. Олесницкого, это отождествление Гивы Сауловой с Тель-ель-Фуль «не имеет никакого основания». Святая Земля, II:300.].
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
18:28: And Zelah - This was the burying-place of Saul, Jonathan, and the family of Kish. See Sa2 21:14.
Jebusi, which is Jerusalem - We often meet with this name, and it is evident that it was the ancient name of Jerusalem, which was also called Salem; and was probably the place in which Melchizedek reigned in the days of Abraham; though some think a different place is meant; for that there was another place of the same name, is evident from Joh 3:23. This place, called Salim by the evangelist, is said to be near to Enon, and there John baptized, because there was much water in the place. This, however, must not be confounded with the Salem mentioned above; for that this was a name of Jerusalem, is evident from Psa 76:1, Psa 76:2 : In Judah is God known: his name is great in Israel. In Salem also is his tabernacle, and his dwelling-place in Zion. This must refer to Jerusalem, where the temple was situated. Whether Jebus or Jebusi had its name from the Jebusites, or the Jebusites from it, cannot be ascertained.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
18:28: Zelah: Sa2 21:14
Jebusi: Jos 18:16, Jos 15:8, Jos 15:63; Sa2 5:8
Gibeath: Jdg 19:12-15, Jdg 20:4, Jdg 20:5; Sa1 10:26, Sa1 13:15, Sa1 13:16; Isa 10:29; Hos 10:9, Gibeah
according: Num 26:54, Num 33:54
Geneva 1599
18:28 And Zelah, Eleph, and Jebusi, which [is] (n) Jerusalem, Gibeath, [and] Kirjath; fourteen cities with their villages. This [is] the inheritance of the children of Benjamin according to their families.
(n) Which was not completely in the tribe of Benjamin, but part of it was also in the tribe of Judah.
John Gill
18:28 And Zelaheath,.... Zelah was the buryingplace of Saul and his family, 2Kings 21:14.
Eleph is nowhere else mentioned; some join it with Zelah, and make one city of it, but then the number of cities given could not be completed; both Jarchi and Kimchi say they were two cities, as doubtless they were:
and Jebusi, which is Jerusalem; of Jerusalem being called Jebusi, see Josh 15:63; it belonged partly to the tribe of Judah, and partly to the tribe of Benjamin; Mount Zion belonged to Judah, and Moriah to Benjamin:
Gibeath was a distinct city both from Gaba and Gibeon; by its being mentioned with Jerusalem, it should seem to be near it. Jerom (y) speaks of Gabaatha in the tribe of Benjamin, twelve miles from Eleutheropolis, where the grave of the Prophet Habakkuk was shown:
and Kirjath signifies a city, but what city is meant is not known:
fourteen cities with their villages; and just so many are mentioned by name:
this is the inheritance of the children of Benjamin according to their families; these cities, with others perhaps not mentioned, were allotted to the tribe of Benjamin for their families to dwell in.
(y) De loc. Heb. fol. 92. C.